project special provisions i-25: lincoln to county line ... lane... · revision of section 630 -...

187
PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ROAD COLORADO PROJECT NO. STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014

Upload: others

Post on 22-Aug-2020

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS

I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ROAD

COLORADO PROJECT NO. STU 0252-399

May 29, 2014

Page 2: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable
Page 3: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

1

COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SPECIAL PROVISIONS

I-25 LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ROAD The 2011 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction controls construction of this project. The following special provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications and take precedence over the Standard Specifications and plans.

PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page

Index Pages (May 29, 2014) 1-4 Notice To Bidders (May 29, 2014) 5 Commencement and Completion of Work (May 29, 2014) 6 Contract Goal Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) (May 29, 2014) 7 On The Job Training Contract Goal (May 29, 2014) 8 Revision of Section 102 - Project Plans and Other Data (May 29, 2014) 9 Revision of Sections 104 and 105 - Pavement Surface Course Maintenance (May 29, 2014) 10 Revision of Section 105 - Control of Work (May 29, 2014) 11 Revision of Section 106 - Conformity To The Contract of Hot Mix Asphalt (May 29, 2014) 12 Revision of Sections 106, 601 and 703 - Optimized PCCP Mix (May 29, 2014) 13-15 Revision of Section 107 - Insurance Requirements (May 29, 2014) 16 Revision of Section 107 - Performance of Safety Critical Work (May 29, 2014) 17-18 Revision of Section 107 - Protection of Existing Vegetation (May 29, 2014) 19 Revision of Section 107 - Water Quality Control Permits (May 29, 2014) 20 Revision of Section 108 - Disincentive For Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) offline Devices (May 29, 2014) 21 Revision of Section 202 - Clean Culvert (May 29, 2014) 22 Revision of Section 202 - Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Millings (May 29, 2014) 23 Revision of Section 202 - Removal of Asphalt Mat (May 29, 2014) 24 Revision of Section 202 - Removal of Asphalt Mat (Planing) (May 29, 2014) 25-27 Revision of Section 202 - Removal of Detour (May 29, 2014) 28-29 Revision of Section 202 - Removal of Overhead Sign Structure (May 29, 2014) 30 Revision of Section 202 - Removal of Traffic Signal Pole (May 29, 2014) 31 Revision of Section 203 - Embankment Material (Special) (May 29, 2014) 32 Revision of Section 203 - Sweeping (With Pickup Broom) (May 29, 2014) 33 Revision of Section 207 - Topsoil (May 29, 2014) 34 Revision of Section 208 - Permanent Water Quality BMP As Constructed (May 29, 2014) 35 Revision of Section 210 - Modify Structures (May 29, 2014) 36 Revision of Section 210 - Reset Structure (Special) (May 29, 2014) 37 Revision of Section 210 - Reset Travel Time Indicator (May 29, 2014) 38-40 Revision of Section 212 - Landscape Restoration (May 29, 2014) 41 Revision of Section 212 - Sodding (May 29, 2014) 42-45 Revision of Section 212 - Soil Preparation (Special) (May 29, 2014) 46 Revision of Section 212 - Tree Retention and Protection (May 29, 2014) 47-49 Revision of Section 213 - Landscape Boulders (May 29, 2014) 50 Revision of Section 213 - Mulching (May 29, 2014) 51-52 Revision of Section 214 - Landscape Establishment (May 29, 2014) 53-54 Revision of Section 214 - Landscape Maintenance (May 29, 2014) 55-56 Revision of Section 214 - Planting (May 29, 2014) 57 Revision of Section 217 - Herbicide Treatment (May 29, 2014) 58 Revision of Section 240 - Prairie Dog Management (May 29, 2014) 59-61 Revision of Section 240 - Protection of Migratory Birds Biological Work Performed By A Contractor’s Biologist (May 29, 2014) 62-64

Page 4: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

2

-2- COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25 LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ROAD

PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS Page

Revision of Section 304 - Aggregate Base Course (May 29, 2014) 65 Revision of Sections 401 and 703 - Stone Matrix Asphalt Pavement (May 29, 2014) 66-67 Revision of Section 403 - Hot Mix Asphalt (May 29, 2014) 68-70 Revision of Section 403 - Hot Mix Asphalt Ticket Collection (May 29, 2014) 71 Revision of Section 403 - Stone Matrix Asphalt Pavement (May 29, 2014) 72-74 Revision of Section 412 - Tie Bar Inspection (May 29, 2014) 75 Revision of Section 601 - Cut Stone Veneer (May 29, 2014) 76-77 Revision of Sections 601 and 708 - Structural Concrete Stain (May 29, 2014) 78-80 Revision of Section 603 - Reinforced Concrete Pipe (May 29, 2014) 81 Revision of Section 605 - Subsurface Drains (May 29, 2014) 82 Revision of Section 607 - Screen Wall (May 29, 2014) 83-87 Revision of Section 612 - Location Markers (May 29, 2014) 88-89 Revision of Section 613 - Electrical Conductor Identification (May 29, 2014) 90 Revision of Section 613 - Electrical Conduit (May 29, 2014) 91-93 Revision of Section 613 - Lighting (May 29, 2014) 94-109 Revision of Section 613 - Pull Boxes (May 29, 2014) 110-111 Revision of Section 614 - Buffer Tube Fan Out Kit (May 29, 2014) 112 Revision of Section 614 - Fiber Optic Cable As-Built Documentation (May 29, 2014) 113-114 Revision of Section 614 - Fiber Optic Cable Installation (May 29, 2014) 115 Revision of Section 614 - Fiber Optic Cable (Single Mode) (May 29, 2014) 116-122 Revision of Section 614 - Fiber Optic Pre-Connectorized Cable (May 29, 2014) 123-125 Revision of Section 614 - Impact Attenuator (Quadguard) (Wide) (May 29, 2014) 126-127 Revision of Section 614 - Test Fiber Optic Cable (May 29, 2014) 128-135 Revision of Section 620 - Field Facilities (Special) (May 29, 2014) 136-140 Revision of Section 621 - Detour Pavement (May 29, 2014) 141-143 Revision of Section 622 - Bench (May 29, 2014) 144 Revision of Section 622 - Bicycle Locker (May 29, 2014) 145 Revision of Section 622 - Bicycle Rack (May 29, 2014) 146 Revision of Section 622 - Trash Receptacle (May 29, 2014) 147 Revision of Section 623 - Irrigation System (May 29, 2014) 148-149 Revision of Section 624 - Detour Culvert Pipe (May 29, 2014) 150 Revision of Section 626 - Public Information Services (May 29, 2014) 151-154 Revision of Section 630 - Courtesy Patrol (May 29, 2014) 155-158 Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable Message Sign Panel (May 29, 2014) 161-162 Revision of Section 630 - Uniformed Traffic Control (Local Agency) (May 29, 2014) 163-164 Revision of Section 715 - Lighting Materials (May 29, 2014) 165-171 Traffic Control Plan - General (May 29, 2014) 172-173 Force Account Items (May 29, 2014) 174-175 Utilities (May 29, 2014) 176-185

Page 5: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

3

COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SPECIAL PROVISIONS

I-25 LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ROAD STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS

No. of Date Pages Revision of Section 105 – Contractor Submittals Traffic Signal Pedestal Pole (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 105 – Disputes and Claims for Contract Adjustments (January 30, 2014) 31 Revision of Section 105 – Hot Mix Asphalt Pavements Smoothness (May 8, 2014) 7 Revision of Section 105 – Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Smoothness (May 8, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 105 – Violation of Working Time Limitation (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Sections 105 and 106 – Conformity to the Contract of (February 3, 2011) 7

Hot Mix Asphalt (Less than 5000 Tons) Revision of Sections 105, 106, 412, 601 and 709 – Conformity to the Contract (May 8, 2014) 15 of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement and Dowel Bars and Tie Bars For Joints Revision of Section 106 – Certificates of Compliance and Certified (February 3, 2011) 1 Test Reports Revision of Section 106 – Material Source (October 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 106 – Supplier List (January 30, 2014) 1 Revision of Sections 106, 627 and 713 - Glass Beads for Pavement Marking (February 8, 2013) 2 Revision of Section 107 – Project Payrolls (May 2, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 107 - Responsibility for Damage Claims, (February 3, 2011) 1 Insurance Types, and Coverage Limits Revision of Section 107 – Transfer to Stormwater Permit to the Contractor (April 26, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 107 – Warning Lights of Work Vehicles and Equipment (January 30, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 108 - Critical Path Method (August 19, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 108 – Liquidated Damages (May 2, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 108 – Subletting of Contract (January 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 108 and 109 – Payment Schedule (Multiple (November 15, 2013) 1 Construction Years) Revision of Section 109 – Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment (April 5, 2013) 2 (Asphalt Cement Included in the Work) Revision of Section 109 - Compensation for Compensable Delays (May 5, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 109 – Fuel Cost Adjustment (February 3, 2011) 2 Revision of Section 109 – Measurement of Quantities (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 109 – Measurement of Water (January 6, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 109 – Prompt Payment (January 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 203 – Imported Material for Embankment (February 3, 2011) 2 Revision of Sections 203, 206, 304 and 613 – Compaction (July 19, 2012) 2 Revision of Section 206 – Imported Material for Structure Backfill (July 19, 2012) 2 Revision of Section 206 – Structure Backfill (Flow-Fill) April 26, 2012) 2 Revision of Sections 206 and 601 – Backfilling Structures that Support (July 29, 2011) 1 Lateral Earth Pressures Revision of Section 208 – Aggregate Bag (January 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 208 – Erosion Log (January 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 212 – Seed (April 26, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 213 – Mulching (January 31, 2013) 4 Revision of Section 216 – Soil Retention Covering (January 30, 2014) 6 Revision of Section 250 – Environmental, Health and Safety Management (July 19, 2012) 1

Page 6: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

4

-2- SPECIAL PROVISIONS

I-25 LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ROAD STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS

No. of Date Pages Revision of Section 401 – Compaction of Hot Mix Asphalt (April 26, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 401 – Compaction Pavement Test Section (CTS) (July 19, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 401 – Plant Mix Pavements (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 401 – Temperature Segregation (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 401 and 412 – Safety Edge (May 2, 2013) 2 Revision of Sections 412 – Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Finishing (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Sections 412, 601, and 711 - Liquid Membrane-Forming (May 5, 2011) 1 Compounds for Curing Concrete. Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Batching (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Finishing (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Form and Falsework Removal (July 29, 2011) 2 Revision of Section 601 – Concrete Slump Acceptance (July 29, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 601 – QC Testing Requirements for Structural Concrete (May 8, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 612 – Delineators (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 614 – Pedestrian Push Button Assembly (July 19, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 620 – Field Laboratories with Ignition Furnace (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 627 and 708 – Pavement Marking Paint (January 31, 2013) 2 Revision of Section 630 – Aggregate for Hot Mix Asphalt (November 1, 2012) 2 Revision of Section 630 – Construction Zone Traffic Control (February 17, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 630 – Reflective Sign Sheeting (May 8, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 630 – Signs and Barricades (January 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 703 – Aggregate for Bases (October 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 703 – Aggregate for Hot Mix Asphalt (November 1, 2012) 2 Revision of Section 703 – Aggregate for Stone Matrix Asphalt (April 26, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 703 – Concrete Aggregate (July 28, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 703 – Mineral Filler (May 8, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 712 – Geotextiles (November 1, 2012) 2 Revision of Section 712 – Water for Mixing or Curing Concrete (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 713 – Epoxy Pavement Marking (October 31, 2013) 2 Revision of Section 713 – Reflectors for Delineators and Median Barrier (May 2, 2013) 1 Affirmative Action Requirements – Equal Employment Opportunity (February 3, 2011) 10 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Requirements (December 26, 2013) 9 FASTER Monthly Employment Report (May 2, 2013) 1 Minimum Wages Colorado, U.S. Department of Labor General (April 4, 2014) 7 Decision Number CO140019, MOD 3, Highway Construction, For Denver and Douglas counties (April 4, 2014) 7 On the Job Training (July 29, 2011) 3 Partnering Program (February 3, 2011) 1 Required Contract Provisions – Federal-Aid Construction Contracts (October 31, 2013) 14

Page 7: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

5

NOTICE TO BIDDERS The proposal guaranty shall be a certified check, cashier's check, or bid bond in the amount of 5 percent of the Contractor's total bid. Pursuant to subsections 102.04 and 102.05, it is recommended that bidders on this project review the work site and plan details with an authorized Department representative. Prospective bidders shall contact one of the following listed authorized Department representatives at least 12 hours in advance of the time they wish to go over the project. Resident Engineer Dole Grebenik office Phone: 303-365-7234 Cell Phone: 720-505-1405 Project Engineer James Moreau Cell Phone: 720-951-1663 The above referenced individuals are the only representatives of the Department with authority to provide any information, clarification, or interpretation regarding the plans, specifications, and any other contract documents or requirements. A mandatory pre bid conference will be held on June 12, 2004, from 1:00 p.m. to 3:00 p.m. at CDOT Headquarters Building located at 4201 East Arkansas in the Auditorium (2nd floor). Bids will be accepted only from pre-qualified bidders who attend the mandatory pre-bid conference. Questions received from bidders along with CDOT responses will be posted on the CDOT web site listed below as they become available. http://www.dot.state.co.us/Bidding/ads_and_ebs.htm If the bidder has a question or requests clarification that involves the bidder's innovative or proprietary means and methods, phasing, scheduling, or other aspects of construction of the project, the Project Engineer will direct the bidder to contact the Resident Engineer directly to address the question or clarification. The Resident Engineer will keep the bidder’s innovation confidential and will not share this information with other bidders. The Resident Engineer will determine whether questions are innovative or proprietary in nature. If the Resident Engineer determines that a question does not warrant confidentiality, the bidder may withdraw the question. If the bidder withdraws the question, the Resident Engineer will not answer the question and the question will not be documented on the CDOT web site. If the bidder does not withdraw the question, the question will be answered, and both the question and CDOT answer will be posted on the web site. If the Resident Engineer agrees that a question warrants confidentiality, the Resident Engineer will answer the question, and keep both question and answer confidential. CDOT will keep a record of both question and answer in their confidential file. All questions shall be directed to the CDOT contacts listed above no later than 7:00 A.M. Monday of the week of bid opening. Final questions and answers will be posted no later than Tuesday morning of bid opening week. Questions and answers shall be used for reference only and shall not be considered part of the Contract.

Page 8: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

6

COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK

The Contractor shall select the date that contract time begins for this project, subject to the following conditions: (a) The earliest date shall be July 28, 2014. (b) The latest date shall be August 29, 2014. (c) The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, at least 30 days before the proposed beginning

date. If the earlier date, as stated above, follows the award date by less than 30 days, the Contractor's written notice to the Engineer shall be at least l0 days before the proposed beginning date.

(d) The date that contract time begins shall be subject to the Region Transportation Director's approval.

A different date may be authorized in writing by the Chief Engineer in the "Notice to Proceed." The Contractor shall complete all within 441 working days in accordance with the "Notice to Proceed." If materials stockpiling begins before the beginning date, contract time will not be charged for the stockpiling effort. Stockpiling of materials before the beginning date is subject to the Engineer's approval. If such approval is given, stockpiled material will be paid for in accordance with Sections l09 and 626.

Page 9: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

7

CONTRACT GOAL DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) This is a federally-assisted construction project. As described in the CDOT DBE Standard Special Provision, the Bidder shall make good faith efforts to meet the following contract goal: 10 Percent DBE Participation

Page 10: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

8

ON THE JOB TRAINING CONTRACT GOAL The Department has determined that On the Job Training shall be provided to trainees with the goal of developing full journey workers in the types of trade or classification involved. The contract goal for On the Job Trainees working in an approved training plan in this Contract has been established as follows: Minimum number of total On the Job Training required 2,560 hours

Page 11: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

9

REVISION OF SECTION 102 PROJECT PLANS AND OTHER DATA

Section 102 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 102.05 shall include the following: The following information will be available for review in the southeast building of the CDOT Headquarters Complex, 4201 East Arkansas Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80222 until the date set for opening of bids:

Cross Sections: Sheet Nos. 501 to 914 Integrated Noxious Weed Management Plan Environmental Plan Sheets 1 to 10

The Bid Plans Room will provide an area where contractors can review any available cross sections. The material is also available for purchase from the Bid Plans Room at the current reproduction price. After the proposals have been opened, the low responsible bidder may obtain from CDOT's Printing and Visual Communications Center, 4201 East Arkansas Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80222, at no cost: 15 sets of plans and special provisions; and if available for the project, one set of full-size cross sections, one set of full-size major structure plan sheets, and one set of computer output data. If the low bidder has not picked up the plans and other available data by 4:30 p.m. on the second Friday after bid opening, they will be sent to the Resident Engineer in charge of the project. Additional sets of plans and other available data may be purchased on a cash sale basis from CDOT's Visual Communication Center at current reproduction prices. Subcontractors and suppliers may obtain plans and other data from the successful bidder or they may purchase copies on a cash sale basis from the Visual Communication Center at current reproduction prices. Survey information is available at the Resident Engineer's office for review, located at 7328 S. Revere Parkway, Unit 204A, Centennial, CO 80112.

Page 12: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

10

REVISION OF SECTIONS 104 AND 105 PAVEMENT SURFACE COURSE MAINTENANCE

Sections 104 and 105 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows: In subsection 104.04, third paragraph, delete the first sentence and replace with the following: Portions of the roadway, excluding the pavement surface course, that are not included in the contract work will be maintained by the Department. Subsection 105.19 shall include the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for timely response to complete all pavement surface course maintenance for portions of the roadway that are not included in the contract work within the project limits, including the approach to project, as required. These services shall be available upon notice, and provided for at all times, including holidays and seasonal no work periods. The Contractor shall provide these services beginning when time count starts for the project through final acceptance. The Contractor shall submit a Pavement Surface Course Maintenance Plan (PSCMP) to the Engineer for acceptance at the Preconstruction Conference. The PSCMP shall include, but will not be limited to, the following: (1) Source of materials to be used for pavement surface course repairs (PSCR). (2) Type of materials to be used for PSCR. (3) Equipment available to use for PSCR. (4) Labor, including names and phone numbers, to perform PSCR. (5) Response Time. The Contractor and the traffic control supervisor (TCS) shall respond to the

project site within 2 hours of notification. (6) Traffic Control. The Contractor shall perform traffic control as required until completion of the

PSCR. (7) Pavement Marking. Full compliance pavement markings shall be in place on all PSCRs prior to

opening to traffic. The Contractor shall complete pavement surface course maintenance in accordance with the PSCMP. To implement the PSCMP, the Contractor shall develop and submit a method for handling repairs (MHR) for each different PSCR that shows the Contractor’s proposed construction methods consistent with the PSCMP. Each proposed MHR will be approved in writing by the Engineer before the PSCR will be allowed to begin. PSCRs shall be completed in a timely manner in accordance with the approved PSCMP. Unless otherwise approved, PSCRs shall be completed within 24 hours of notification. Pavement surface course maintenance as described above will be paid for by force account in accordance with subsection 109.04 under the planned force account item, Pavement Surface Course Maintenance.

Page 13: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

11

REVISION OF SECTION 105 CONTROL OF WORK

Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 105.02 shall include the following: Table 105-1 shall include:

Section No.

Description Type Contractor Colorado

PE Seal Required

613 Light Standards (Mid Mast) Working Drawings Yes

Page 14: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

12

REVISION OF SECTION 106 CONFORMITY TO THE CONTRACT OF HOT MIX ASPHALT

Section 106 of the Standard Special Provisions is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 106.05 shall include the following: For this project, Contractor process control testing of hot mix asphalt is mandatory.

Page 15: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

13

REVISION OF SECTIONS 106, 601 AND 703 OPTIMIZED PCCP MIX

Sections 106, 601 and 703 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 106.06 (a) shall include the following: 8. Optimized Gradation. The Contractor will be required to perform quality control testing of the

combined aggregate gradation (CAG) when an Optimized Gradation (OG) is used for Class P Concrete. The combined aggregate gradation testing frequency shall be three per day. Test one shall be sampled and tested after full production begins but before production reaches 100 cubic yards. Test two shall be sampled and tested after four hours of continuous production or production reaches 1000 cubic yards, whichever comes first. Test three shall be sampled and tested after seven hours of continuous production or production reaches 1750 cubic yards, whichever comes first. The frequency shall be a minimum of one per day if production is less than 750 cubic yards. When the aggregates are blended prior to charging the mixing drum, the blended aggregate shall be sampled and tested. When the aggregates are batched individually, a sample from each aggregate shall be tested and the combined gradation shall be calculated.

The Department will perform one gradation each day that may be a split of one of the three daily QC samples. This data will not be used to determine acceptability of the material but as information only. The gradation test data will be used to calculate the coarseness factor (CF) and workability factor (WF) and must plot within the workability box. No corrective action shall be required if the data falls within the workability box. When gradation test results and the CF and WF fall outside the workability box, the Contractor shall immediately make corrections to bring the aggregate gradation within the workability box and notify the Engineer. If two or more consecutive test results for any single day or two successive days are found to fall outside the workability box, the Contractor shall immediately suspend production and provide a written corrective plan to the Engineer for approval prior to resuming production. Upon being allowed to resume production, the Contractor shall follow the daily sampling frequency. If the next two consecutive gradation tests indicate the CF and WF plot inside the workability box, the Contractor may continue production. If the first two aggregate samples do not have CF and WF that fall inside the workability box, production shall be suspended. Prior to resuming production the Contractor shall be required to sample the individual aggregate stockpiles at two or more locations to determine the range of variability within each stockpile, make appropriate adjustments to the percentages for each aggregate component, and discharge and sample the combined aggregates. The combined aggregate gradation shall be tested to determine if the CF and WF fall inside the workability box. Production can resume if the CF and WF plot within the workability box. Production will continue to be suspended for additional evaluation of stockpiles and aggregate feed rates until gradation sampling and testing indicate the CF and WF fall inside the workability box. All gradation test information during production shall be provided to the Engineer daily. The Contractor shall immediately report all gradation test data to the Engineer for evaluation during periods when production is suspended or upon resuming production. The Contractor will be notified in writing in all cases when production may resume or shall remain suspended.

Page 16: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

14

-2- REVISION OF SECTIONS 106, 601 AND 703

OPTIMIZED PCCP MIX In subsection 601.02, delete Class E and Class P and replace with the following: Class E concrete is used for fast track pavements needing early strength in order to open a pavement to service soon after placement. Class E concrete shall meet the requirements of Class P concrete. ASTM C150 Type III or ASTM C1157 Type HE cement may be used. Class P concrete is used in pavements. Additional requirements are: The laboratory trial mix shall produce a minimum average 28 day flexural strength of 650 psi. If acceptance is based on flexural strength, the total weight of cementitious material shall not be less than 520 pounds per cubic yard. Two aggregate gradation options are available:

(a) Standard Gradation (SG). The concrete mix shall consist of a minimum 55 percent AASHTO M 43 size No. 357 or No. 467 coarse aggregate by weight of total aggregate. If all transverse joints are doweled, the concrete mix shall consist of a minimum 55 percent AASHTO M 43 sizes No. 57, No. 6, No. 67, No. 357, or No. 467 coarse aggregate by weight of total aggregate.

(b) Optimized Gradation (OG). This option may only be used when acceptance is based on flexural strength. Aggregate proportions must be a result of an optimized combined aggregate gradation (CAG) developed by an approved mix design technique such as Shilstone or KU Mix. The amount of aggregate in the CAG passing the 19 mm (¾ inch) sieve and retained on the12.5 mm (½ inch) sieve shall be a minimum of 8 percent for the trial mix design. The coarseness factor (CF) and workability factor (WF) must plot within the workability box (ABCD) depicted graphically by the following 4 coordinate points: a. Point A> (CF,WF) 72, 31 b. Point B> (CF,WF) 44.5, 35 c. Point C> (CF,WF) 44.5, 43.5 d. Point D> (CF,WF) 72, 40

Figure 601-1

CF = (S / T) x 100 Where:

S = Percent Cumulative Retained on 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) Sieve T = Percent Cumulative retained on 2.36 mm (No. 8) Sieve

Page 17: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

15

-3- REVISION OF SECTIONS 106, 601 AND 703

OPTIMIZED PCCP MIX

WF is the percent passing the 2.36 mm (No. 8) sieve. Increase workability factor by 2.5 percentage points for every 94 pounds per cubic yard of cementitious material used in excess of 564 pounds per cubic yard in the mix design. Decrease workability factor by 2.5 percentage points for every 94 pounds per cubic yard of cementitious material used below 564 pounds per cubic yard in the mix design. Do not adjust the workability factor if the amount of cementitious material is 564 pounds per cubic yard.

Subsection 601.05 shall include the following in the second paragraph: (8) Class P concrete with an OG shall indicate the gradation proportions that results in a combined

aggregate gradation corresponding to compliance within the specified CF and WF box and shall include the following charts used to perform aggregate gradation analysis:

(i) Coarseness Factor (ii) Workability Factor

(iii) 0.45 power (iv) Combined gradation

Delete Subsection 601.06 (10) and (11) and replace with the following: (10) Weights of fine and coarse aggregates or combined weight when an OG is pre-blended (11) Moisture of fine and coarse aggregates or combined moisture when an OG is pre-blended

Subsection 601.06 (c) shall include the following: Aggregates for Class P concrete using an OG, a combination of aggregates (stockpiled separately) may be combined prior to the stationary charging drum to meet the approved CAG. In subsection 703.00, delete the third paragraph and Table 703-2. In subsection 703.02, delete the second sentence.

Page 18: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

16

REVISION OF SECTION 107 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

Section 107 of the Standard Special Provisions is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 107.15(b) shall include the following: Lincolnpointe Lofts One LP, a Colorado limited partnership shall be named as an additional insured on the Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability Insurance policies along with CDOT.

Page 19: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

17

REVISION OF SECTION 107 PERFORMANCE OF SAFETY CRITICAL WORK

Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised as follows: Add subsection 107.061 immediately following subsection 107.06 as follows: 107.061 Performance of Safety Critical Work. The following work elements are considered safety critical work for this project: (1) Excavation and embankment adjacent to the roadway.

The Contractor shall submit, for record purposes only, an initial detailed construction plan that addresses safe construction of each of the safety critical elements. When the specifications already require an erection plan, a bridge removal plan, or a removal of portion of bridge plan, it shall be included as a part of this plan. The detailed construction plan shall be submitted two weeks prior to the safety critical element conference described below. The construction plan shall be stamped “Approved for Construction” and signed by the Contractor. The construction plan will not be approved by the Engineer. The Construction Plan shall include the following: (1) Safety Critical Element for which the plan is being prepared and submitted. (2) Contractor or subcontractor responsible for the plan preparation and the work. (3) Schedule, procedures, equipment, and sequence of operations, that comply with the working hour

limitations (4) Temporary works required: falsework, bracing, shoring, etc. (5) Additional actions that will be taken to ensure that the work will be performed safely. (6) Names and qualifications of workers who will be in responsible charge of the work:

A. Years of experience performing similar work B. Training taken in performing similar work C. Certifications earned in performing similar work

(7) Names and qualifications of workers operating cranes or other lifting equipment A. Years of experience performing similar work B. Training taken in performing similar work C. Certifications earned in performing similar work

(8) The construction plan shall address how the Contractor will handle contingencies such as: A. Unplanned events (storms, traffic accidents, etc.) B. Structural elements that don’t fit or line up C. Work that cannot be completed in time for the roadway to be reopened to traffic D. Replacement of workers who don’t perform the work safely E. Equipment failure F. Other potential difficulties inherent in the type of work being performed

(9) Name and qualifications of Contractor’s person designated to determine and notify the Engineer in writing when it is safe to open a route to traffic after it has been closed for safety critical work.

(10) Erection plan or bridge removal plan when submitted as required elsewhere by the specifications. Plan requirements that overlap with above requirements may be submitted only once.

Page 20: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

18

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 107

PERFORMANCE OF SAFETY CRITICAL WORK

A safety critical element conference shall be held two weeks prior to beginning construction on each safety critical element. The Engineer, the Contractor, the safety critical element subcontractors, and the Contractor’s Engineer shall attend the conference. Required pre-erection conferences or bridge removal conferences may be included as a part of this conference. After the safety critical element conference, and prior to beginning work on the safety critical element, the Contractor shall submit a final construction plan to the Engineer for record purposes only. The final construction plan shall be stamped “Approved for Construction” and signed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall perform safety critical work only when the Engineer is on the project site. The Contractor’s Engineer shall be on site to inspect and provide written approval of safety critical work for which he provided signed and sealed construction details. Unless otherwise directed or approved, the Contractor’s Engineer need not be on site during the actual performance of safety critical work, but shall be present to conduct inspection for written approval of the safety critical work. When ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall immediately stop safety critical work that is being performed in an unsafe manner or will result in an unsafe situation for the traveling public. Prior to stopping work, the Contractor shall make the situation safe for work stoppage. The Contractor shall submit an acceptable plan to correct the unsafe process before the Engineer will authorize resumption of the work. When ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove workers from the project that are performing the safety critical work in a manner that creates an unsafe situation for the public in accordance with subsection 108.05. Should an unplanned event occur or the safety critical operation deviate from the submitted plan, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations on the safety critical element, except for performing any work necessary to ensure worksite safety, and provide proper protection of the work and the traveling public. If the Contractor intends to modify the submitted plan, he shall submit a revised plan to the Engineer prior to resuming operations. All costs associated with the preparation and implementation of each safety critical element construction plan will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Nothing in the section shall be construed to relieve the Contractor from ultimate liability for unsafe or negligent acts or to be a waiver of the Colorado Governmental Immunity Act on behalf of the Department.

Page 21: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

19

REVISION OF SECTION 107 PROTECTION OF EXISTING VEGETATION

Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 107.12 shall include the following:

The Contractor shall save all existing vegetation (including trees, shrubs, ground covers, grasses, wetlands & riparian) in this area, except for that vegetation, which must be removed to accommodate construction of the project, per the plans. Specific areas of vegetation to be protected shall be as directed by the Engineer and shall be protected by using orange construction fencing, wire fencing with metal posts or silt fence. Fencing for trees shall be installed at the drip line of the tree or as approved by the Engineer. Equipment shall not be installed or stockpile material within 15 feet of existing trees to remain.

The Contractor shall perform all the work in such a manner that the least environmental damage will result. All questionable areas or items shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer for approval prior to removal or any damaging activity.

The Contractor shall promptly report any vegetation damaged or scarred during construction to the Engineer for assessment of damages. Damaged or destroyed fenced vegetation, shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. Vegetation of replaceable size shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. When trees, shrubs beyond replaceable size or wetlands have been damaged or destroyed, the Contractor shall be liable for the appraised value based upon the official current publications. For trees and shrubs use the International Society of Arboriculture, Guide for Plant Appraisals. The Contractor shall pay any fines or jail time should a wetland be damaged, at no cost to the project. The value of disturbed vegetation shall be calculated according to the following formula:

(Vegetation size) x (Species) x (Location) x (Condition) x (Arborist or Wetland Specialist) = Vegetation value A consulting Arborist retained by the Department will determine the value of the trees and shrubs. A consulting Wetland Specialist shall determine the value of the wetland or wetland species. This value will be deducted from any money due to the Contractor. The determination as to whether a plant is of replacement size or beyond will be made by the Department's Landscape Architect or Wetland Specialist. If the fence is knocked down or destroyed by the Contractor, the Engineer will suspend the work, wholly or in part, until the fence is repaired to the Engineer's satisfaction at the Contractor's expense. Time lost due to such suspension will not be considered a basis for adjustment of time charges, but will be charged as contract time.

Page 22: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

20

REVISION OF SECTION 107 WATER QUALITY CONTROL PERMITS

Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 107.25 shall include the following: (d) Transfer of Stormwater Permits to the Contractor. This project is covered by a Colorado Department of

Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) Colorado Discharge Permit System Stormwater Construction Permit (CDPS-SCP). The Contractor shall coordinate with CDOT on transferring the respective Permit to the Contractor upon award of the Contract. The Contractor shall submit the “Application of Transfer of Ownership” for the CDPHE Permit, a minimum of 30 days prior to commencement of construction. The Contractor shall also transfer those locations within the project limits that have CDPS-SCP permits that were pulled by Utility Companies. The Contractor shall inspect the proposed locations and coordinate with the Utility Companies on what condition the site should be left in at the time of transfer. The Contractor shall not commence construction until the CDPS-SCP has been transferred and written confirmation has been received from CDPHE that the Permit has been transferred into the name of the Contractor and a copy has been placed in the project SWMP notebook. The cost of holding this Permit shall not be paid for separately but shall be included in the cost of the work.

Prior to final acceptance, a project walk through shall be conducted in accordance with subsection 208.10 (c). The walk through shall take place upon sufficient completion of the project, as determined by the Engineer.

Only after obtaining written concurrence from the CDOT Region 6 Maintenance Superintendent and Region Water Pollution Control Manager (RWPCM) on water quality issues, shall the Engineer give Final Acceptance (after the Landscape Establishment Period) to the Contractor. The transfer forms will only be signed if the project is in an acceptable state as determined by the Region 6 Maintenance Superintendent and RWPCM. Upon receipt of written final acceptance of the water quality work from the Engineer, the Contractor shall transfer the CDPS-SCP to the CDOT. CDOT will submit the appropriate transfer forms to the CDPHE. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor inactivate the Permit.

Until the transfer has been completed and a copy of the transferred Permit has been submitted to the Engineer, the Contractor shall continue to adhere to all Permit requirements. This shall include inspections, BMP installation, BMP maintenance and BMP repair, including seeded areas.

All costs associated with the Contractor holding the CDPS-SCP, including transferring the Permit between parties, will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.

Page 23: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

21

REVISION OF SECTION 108 DISINCENTIVE FOR INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM (ITS)

OFFLINE DEVICES

Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following: Subsection 108 .05 shall include the following: For field device locations located between MP 191.42 and MP 194.29, allowable offline periods for ITS field devices shall be between 9:30 AM and 5:30 PM Monday through Thursday excluding legal holidays. For all other field device locations, allowable offline periods for ITS field devices shall be between 9:30 AM and 3:30 PM Monday through Thursday excluding legal holidays. The Contractor shall be charged a disincentive of $50 per hour per each device that is offline beyond that period, except as noted below. offline is defined as time during which data is not being received by the CDOT Traffic Operations Center. For locations where the Contractor is to install and terminate a fiber optic lateral cable, the Contractor won't be liable for offline time at a given location beyond the point when the Contractor has completed all contract work and the Contractor’s work on the fiber optic lateral cable has been tested and approved. Subsequently, the Engineer will be responsible for coordination with Comcast to get the fiber optic lateral cable spliced into the backbone so that the device can be returned to an online condition. This disincentive is not a penalty, but is based on costs associated with information being disrupted to the travelling public. The disincentive will be deducted from any monies owed to the Contractor for work performed.

Page 24: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

22

REVISION OF SECTION 202 CLEAN CULVERT

Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 202.01 shall include the following: This work consists of cleaning, maintaining, removing and disposing of sediment and other debris in the storm drain inlets and culverts at locations shown on the plans. Subsection 202.02 shall include the following: Prior to beginning any work other than traffic control, dirt and debris in all existing inlets, culverts, and storm drains, within project limits, shall be dislodged and removed to the greatest extent possible. Cleaning shall be paid for as 202 Clean Culvert (Special), Each. Cleaning shall be done by vacuum truck removal methods. The contractor shall document how much sediment is removed and provide the volume quantity to the Engineer. The contractor shall remove and fully re-secure all grates per CDOT Standards. The Contractor shall treat the bolts with anti-seize compound prior to re-installation. All work, including drilling out of broken bolts, re-tapping bolt holes, replacement bolts, anti-seize treatment, and providing missing bolts, necessary to re-secure the grates shall be included in the cost of the work. If construction - related sediment or debris has accumulated in the inlet or culvert after initial cleaning and during construction, the Contractor shall clean, remove and dispose of the sediment and debris at the Contractor’s expense. In case of work suspension longer in duration than one month, due to unsuitable weather, the Contractor shall re-clean the storm drain inlets and culverts as directed by the Engineer. Subsection 202.11 shall include the following: Clean Culvert will be measured by the actual number of units of existing inlets to be cleaned within the project limits. Drainage pipe between inlets, and barrier drain holes and flaps will not be paid for separately, but included in the cost of the work. Subsection 202.12 shall include the following:

Pay Item Pay Unit Clean Culvert (Special) Each

Payment will be full compensation for all work, materials and equipment required to clean, maintain, remove and dispose of sediment and other debris from the storm drain inlets and culverts prior to construction.

Page 25: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

23

REVISION OF SECTION 202 RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT MILLINGS

Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 202.09 shall include the following: If the Contractor desires to retain a quantity of RAP millings that exceeds that allowed by this Contract, the Contractor may request this by submitting a Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP) in accordance with subsection 104.07. Subsection 202.12 shall include the following: Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the disposal and hauling of the RAP millings to other locations or its use on the project or at other locations will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.

Page 26: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

24

REVISION OF SECTION 202 REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT

Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 202.01 shall include the following: This work includes removal and disposal of existing asphalt mat within the project limits as shown on the plans or at locations directed by the Engineer. In subsection 202.02 delete the seventh paragraph and replace with the following: The existing asphalt mat which varies in thickness from 9 to 19 inches shall be removed in a manner that minimizes contamination of the removed mat with underlying material. The removed mat shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be either disposed of outside the project site, or used in one or more of the following ways: 1. Used in embankment construction in accordance with subsection 203.06. 2. Placed in bottom of fills as approved by the Engineer. 3. Recycled into the hot mix asphalt. 4. Placed in the subgrade soft spots as directed by the Engineer. Subsection 202.11 shall include the following: The removal of the existing asphalt mat will be measured by the square yard of mat removed to the required depth and accepted. Subsection 202.12 shall include the following: Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Removal of Asphalt Mat Square Yard Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the disposal of the asphalt mat or its use in other locations on the project will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.

Page 27: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

25

REVISION OF SECTION 202 REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT (PLANING)

Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Delete subsection 202.09, and replace it with the following: 202.09 Removal of Asphalt Mat (Planing). Prior to beginning planing operations, the Contractor shall submit a planing plan and a Quality Control Plan (QCP) for approval by the Engineer. The planing plan shall include at a minimum: (1) The number, types and sizes of planers to be used. (2) The width and location of each planing pass. (3) The number and types of brooms to be used and their locations with respect to the planers. (4) The proposed method for planing and wedging around existing structures such as manholes, valve

boxes, and inlets. (5) The longitudinal and transverse typical sections for tie-ins at the end of the day. (6) If requested by the Engineer, a plan sheet showing the milling passes. The QCP shall include as a minimum: (1) The schedule for replacing the cutting teeth. (2) The daily preventive maintenance schedule and checklist. (3) Proposed use of automatic grade controls. (4) The surface testing schedule for smoothness. (5) The process for filling distressed areas. (6) The schedule for testing macrotexture of the milled surface. (7) Corrective procedures if the milled surface does not meet the minimum macrotexture

specification. (8) Corrective procedures if the milled surface does not meet the minimum transverse or longitudinal

surface finish when measured with a 10 foot straightedge. The Contractor shall not start the planing operation until the hot mix asphalt (HMA) mix design has been approved and a Form 43 has been signed by the Engineer. The existing pavement shall be milled to the cross-slope as shown on the plans, and shall have a surface finish that does not vary longitudinally or transversely more than 3/8 inch from a 10 foot straightedge. A 10 foot straightedge shall be supplied by the Contractor. All milled surfaces shall be broomed with a pick-up broom, unless otherwise specified, before being opened to traffic. A sufficient number of brooms shall be used immediately after planing to remove all milled material remaining in the roadway.

Page 28: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

26

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 202

REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT (PLANING) If the Contractor fails to adequately clean the roadway, work shall cease until the Engineer has approved the Contractor’s revised written proposal to adequately clean the roadway. The milled surface shall have a macrotexture equal to or less than 0.170 inches for single-lift overlays and 0.215 inches for multiple-lift overlays as tested in accordance with CP 77. Milled surfaces that do not meet these criteria shall require corrective action in accordance with the QCP. The Contractor shall be responsible for testing the macrotexture of the milled surface at the location directed by the Engineer in accordance with CP 77 at a stratified random frequency of one test per 10,000 square yards or a minimum of once per work day. At the completion of each day’s work, longitudinal vertical edges greater than 1 inch shall be tapered. No transverse vertical edges will be allowed. Longitudinal milled surface tie-ins to existing pavement shall be tapered to not less than a 3:1 slope, transverse milled surface tie-ins to existing pavement shall be tapered to not less than a 50:1 slope. Transverse tapered joints may be tapered with the planing machine, a temporary asphalt ramp, or other methods approved by the Engineer. No longitudinal joint between the milled and existing surfaces shall fall between 1 to 5 feet of any lane line. If the transverse joint is tapered with a temporary asphalt ramp, the milled surface at the joint shall be constructed as a butt joint the full depth of the lift of asphalt to be placed on the milled surface. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining this asphalt ramp until all corresponding HMA is placed. All work associated with this joint will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of planing. If the transverse joint is tapered with a planing machine, a butt joint shall be cut into the taper the full depth of the lift of asphalt to be placed on the milled surface prior to commencement of resurfacing. All work associated with this joint will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of planing. Other approved transverse joint tapers shall be maintained at the expense of the Contractor, and at a minimum shall incorporate a butt joint the full depth of the lift of asphalt to be placed on the milled surface prior to commencement of resurfacing. Distressed or irregular areas identified in the planed surface by the Engineer shall be patched. The roadway shall be left in a safe and usable condition at the end of each work day. The Contractor shall take appropriate measures to ensure that the milled surface does not trap or hold water. All required pavement markings removed by the planing shall be restored before the roadway is opened to traffic.

Page 29: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

27

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 202

REMOVAL OF ASPHALT MAT (PLANING) All milled surfaces to be overlaid with HMA shall be covered with new asphalt within 5 working days. All areas on this project that are not overlaid within the specified working days will be assessed a lane rental fee of $3,000/day per occurrence for each day or fraction thereof and any required surface repairs shall be paid for by the Contractor. All planing shall be completed full width and parallel to the travel lanes before resurfacing commences unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. All material generated by the planing operation shall become the property of the Contractor unless otherwise noted in the Contract. Add subsection 202.091 immediately following subsection 202.09 as follows: 202.091 Equipment Each planer shall conform to the following: The planer shall have sufficient power, traction and stability to maintain an accurate depth of cut. The propulsion and guidance system of the planer shall be maintained in such condition that the planer may be operated to straight and true lines. The planer shall be capable of operating with automatic grade controls (contact or non-contact) on both sides of the machine using a 30 foot averaging system or other approved grade control systems. The use of such controls shall be described in the Contractor’s QCP. The planer shall be capable of picking up the removed material in a single operation. A self loading conveyor shall be an integral part of the planer. Windrows will not be allowed. Subsection 202.12 shall include the following: Macrotexture testing, macrotexture corrective actions, planers, brooms and all other work necessary to complete the item will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.

Page 30: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

28

REVISION OF SECTION 202 REMOVAL OF DETOUR

Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 202.01 shall include the following: This work consists of removal of detour pavement and embankment material required to construct detours. Subsection 202.02 shall include the following: Removed detour pavement shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be either disposed of outside the project site, or used in one or more of the following ways: 1. Used in embankment construction in accordance with subsection 203.06. 2. Placed in bottom of fills as approved by the Engineer. 3. Recycled into the hot mix asphalt. 4. Placed in the subgrade soft spots as directed by the Engineer Subsection 202.11 shall include the following: Removal of detour pavement will not be measured but will be paid for on a lump sum basis.

Subsection 202.12 shall include the following: Removal of Detour will be paid for at the contract lump sum price. This price includes all labor, equipment and materials to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Removal of Detour Lump Sum Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the disposal of detour pavement or its use in other locations on the project will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Partial payments for the pay item Removal of Detour will be made as the work progresses. These partial payments will be made as follows: When 5 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 25 percent of the amount bid for this item will be paid. When 10 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 40 percent of the amount bid for this item, less all previous payments, will be paid. When 25 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 50 percent of the amount bid for this item, less all previous payments, will be paid. When 75 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 90 percent of the amount bid for this item, less all previous payments, will be paid.

Page 31: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

29

-2- REVISION OF 202

REMOVAL OF DETOUR When 100 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 100 percent of the amount bid for this item, less all previous payments, will be paid. For purposes of Removal of Detour Lump Sum, the term “original Contract amount” as used above, shall mean the amount bid for the construction Items on this Contract, not including the amounts bid for Removal of Detour Pavement and Mobilization.

Page 32: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

30

REVISION OF SECTION 202 REMOVAL OF OVERHEAD SIGN STRUCTURE

Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 202.02 shall include the following: The Contractor shall remove the overhead sign structures, foundations and sign panels that are designated in the plans for removal. The Contractor shall fill any excavations left by removal of foundations with Embankment Material, Structure Backfill (Class 1) or Structure Backfill (Class 2) as applicable, to match final grading. Subsection 202.04 shall include the following: Removal of the overhead sign structure shall include all sign panels, posts, mast arms, trusses, footings and other attachments or associated elements such as cabinets, lighting and mounting hardware. Footings shall be removed to a minimum of 6 feet below the finished grade (or below any proposed element such as storm sewer pipes/culverts), unless specified otherwise by the Engineer. Subsection 202.12 shall include the following:

Pay item Pay Unit Removal of Overhead Sign Structure Each

Payment for Removal of Overhead Sign Structure will be full compensation for all labor and materials to remove the structure, signs, footings and appurtenances; excavation and backfill required for removals and hauling and disposal of removed materials outside of CDOT ROW.

Page 33: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

31

REVISION OF SECTION 202 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE

DESCRIPTION

This work will consist of the removal of a fiberglass CCTV pole at the locations shown on the plans.

MATERIALS

Other than materials, at the Contractor’s expense, that may be needed to repair potential damage, no materials are to be supplied as part of this pay item. All materials removed shall become the property of the Contractor.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

In the process of removing the pole, the Contractor shall be careful to not damage wiring and conduit under the ground that are to be reused. All damages to wiring and conduit that are to be reused shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. The pole and the foundation material that was installed with the pole shall be removed to a minimum of 18" below natural ground level. The void that is created in the ground shall be filled with local material, compacted and revegetated along with all of the other disturbed ground at the site.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Removal of Traffic Signal Pole will be measured by the actual number of poles that are removed. At locations that are designated in the plans, this item shall include the removal of an existing Wireless Repeater and associated wiring.

BASIS OF PAYMENT

Removal of Traffic Signal Pole shall be full compensation for work described above, specified in the plans and complete and in place, including removal of an existing Wireless Repeater and associated wiring at designated locations. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Removal of Traffic Signal Pole Each

Page 34: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

32

REVISION OF SECTION 203 EMBANKMENT MATERIAL (SPECIAL)

Section 203 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: In subsection 203.03(a), first paragraph, after the second sentence add the following: Embankment subgrade material placed below any pavement shall have a R-value of at least 40 when tested by the Hveem Stabilometer. Mill or crushed recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) or crushed concrete passing the two (2) inch sieve may be used as R-40 subgrade material under new pavement. Subsection 203.13 shall include: (g) Embankment Material (Complete in Place) (Special) will be measured by the cubic yard in the final compacted position in the roadway. Subsection 203.14 shall include:

Payment Item Pay Unit Embankment Material (Complete In Place) (Special) Cubic Yard

Payment for Embankment Material (Complete In Place) (Special) is for embankment required under the pavement sections as shown in the project typical sections. Payment shall be full compensation for all work necessary to complete the item.

Page 35: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

33

REVISION OF SECTION 203 SWEEPING (WITH PICKUP BROOM)

Section 203 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 203.01 shall include the following: This work includes removal and disposal of debris on the highway beyond that generated by the Contractor’s own construction activities. Debris generated by the Contractor’s own construction activities shall be picked up at the Contractor’s expense in accordance with subsection 208.04 of the Standard Special Provisions and Revision of Sections 101, 107, & 208 – Water Quality Control. Debris on the highway requiring removal and disposal and that was caused by circumstances beyond the Contractor’s control will be paid for under this revision. Subsection 203.02 shall include the following: Street-sweeping trucks shall be transported to the work site if they are not capable of highway speeds. The trucks shall utilize a broom sweeper and be water-filled for dust suppression. The vehicle must be equipped with safety lights. All vehicles are subject to the approval of the Engineer. Subsection 203.13 shall include the following: The quantity measured for sweeping will be the number of hours that each sweep truck is actually used. Hours for equipment that is inoperative due to breakdown will not be paid for. Time involved in moving onto or off the project site will not be measured and paid for. Water used as dust suppression will be incidental to the pay item.

Subsection 203.14 shall include the following:

Payment will be made under Sweeping (with Pickup Broom):

Pay Item Pay Unit Sweeping (With Pickup Broom) Hour

Page 36: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

34

REVISION OF SECTION 207 TOPSOIL

Section 207 of the Standard Specification is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 207.01 shall include the following: This work includes imported and stockpile topsoil that is to be placed in the disturbed area within the project limits. Subsection 207.02 shall include the following: The source of topsoil for this project is undesignated. This imported topsoil is subject to approval by the Engineer before use. The Contractor shall submit a 1 pound sample of the product four (4) weeks before its use on the project site for the Engineer's approval. A Certificate of Compliance shall be provided to the Engineer to verify the organic matter content, pH and carbon matter to nitrogen ratio. Soil tests shall be method of Soil Analysis used at the Colorado State University Soil Testing Laboratory. The topsoil shall have an acidic reaction of 6.0 to 7.5 pH and shall contain between 1 and 4 percent well composted organic matter. Any organic amendments shall comply with Section 212. The topsoil shall contain the following minimum ammonium DTPA (chelate) extractable nutrients (this is the extracting solution used by CSU Soil Testing Laboratory).

Nitrogen 5 ppm Air dried Basis

Phosphorus 5 ppm

Potassium 30 ppm

Iron (Fe) 5 ppm

Topsoil shall not include any minerals or elements detrimental to plant growth. Soluble salts measured in saturation extract shall be less than 3 mmhos/cm. Delete Subsection 207.04 and replace it with the following: Topsoil will be measured in place. Subsection 207.05 shall include the following: The addition of manure or soil amendments needed to bring the topsoil into conformance with the specifications will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Stockpile topsoil activities shall be included in the price of the work. Soil Analysis shall not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of the work.

Pay Item Pay Unit Topsoil Cubic Yard

Page 37: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

35

REVISION OF SECTION 208 PERMANENT WATER QUALITY BMP AS CONSTRUCTED

Section 208 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:

Subsection 208.10(b) shall include the following:

The permanent BMPs to be surveyed will be discussed at the Environmental Preconstruction Conference. The results of the survey shall be provided on an electronic drawing of each BMP in MicroStation format showing the information specified in section 6.1.3 of the CDOT Survey Manual.

The survey shall be performed in accordance with the Section 6.1.3 of the CDOT Survey Manual. The Contractor may request copies of the MicroStation electronic design files for the permanent BMPs if available. A draft of the printed copy of the MicroStation format drawing shall be provided 14 days in advance of the final water quality project walkthrough. At the final water quality walkthrough the as constructed BMP survey shall be reviewed and any necessary revisions determined. The Contractor shall make the requested revisions as needed within 5 days of the final water quality walkthrough and submit final copies of the electronic files on a CD to the Project Engineer. Listed below are the permanent water quality BMPs to be surveyed and paid for as Construction Surveying Lump Sum: Extended Detention Basin with Micropool Pond/Wetland System Surface Sand Filter Extended Detention Basin Dry Swale

Page 38: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

36

REVISION OF SECTION 210 MODIFY STRUCTURES

Section 210 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 210.01 shall include the following: Modify Structure consists of providing openings for new pipes and plugging existing holes in inlets and manholes specified in the plans. Subsection 210.13 shall include the following: Pay Item Pay Unit Modify Manhole Each Modify Inlet Each Payment will be full compensation for all materials and work necessary to complete the item.

Page 39: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

37

REVISION OF SECTION 210 RESET STRUCTURE (SPECIAL)

Section 210 is revised for this project as follows:

DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of relocating the existing RTD bus shelter from its current location to the location shown on the Drawings.

MATERIALS 210.06 Bus Shelter. Bus shelter designated to be relocated shall be removed, cleaned and reset at the designated location, including all work and hardware necessary to anchor the shelter to the new concrete pad. Shelter shall be set parallel to the new curb and approved by the Engineer before final installation. The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price listed below that appears in the bid schedule. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Reset Structure (Special) Each

Page 40: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

38

REVISION OF SECTION 210 RESET TRAVEL TIME INDICATOR

Section 210 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:

DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of RESETTING a Travel Time in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and manufacturer’s recommendations.

MATERIALS For this project Travel Time Indicator shall: a four channel multi-protocol IDentity 5204 Reader with power supply and communication cable, pole mountable 42 degree directional antenna/s per read direction, antenna signal cable and terminations, waterproofing mastic, Ethernet surge suppressor, serial surge suppressor, device configuration software, and any other related mounting hardware, cabling, and adaptors. Travel Time Indicator shall include:

(1) The IDentity 5204 reader with power supply shall be part number ID5204-001 as manufactured by Sirit Inc., 1321 Valwood Parkway, Suite 620, Carrollton, Texas 75006, Phone: 972.243.7208, Fax: 972.243.8034. The IDentity 5204

(2) Communication Cable, 6 meter (20’) length, RJ-45 terminated, Sirit Part Number S3114-021 or, alternatively Communication Cable, 2 meter (7’) length, RJ-45 terminated, Sirit Part Number: S3114-20, whichever length is required.

(3) Pole mountable 42 degree directional antenna shall be Sirit IDentity 5100 part number ANTENNA-013-K which includes a mount bracket.

a. The antenna shall weigh 3 kg or less and have dimensions (17.7 x 17.7 x 1.4 in.). The antenna shall have a wind survival rating of 150 mph as defined in EIA-222-F and/or ETS 300 019-1-4.The antenna shall accommodate a male N-type coaxial connection. The antenna shall have a 902-928 MHz frequency range with 13.0 dBi gain and 50 ohm (nominal) input impedance. The antenna shall have a front to back ratio of -24db with a VSWR 1.7:1 or less.

(4) Antenna signal cable and terminations. a. The antenna signal cable type is determined by the cable distance from the reader to the

antenna. Signal loss at 900Mhz must be less than 4db per run. The following outdoor rated cable shall be used.

i. For runs 100 feet or less – LMR-400. ii. For runs from 101-155 feet - LMR-600

iii. For runs from 156-230 feet – LMR 900

b. Signal cable shall be terminated with weatherproof male N-type crimp on straight plugs that have the following properties:

i. Ferrule – Copper with Albaloy plating ii. Contact pin – Brass with minimum 15μm gold plating

iii. Retaining ring – 304 stainless iv. Gasket – Silicone v. Insulator – Teflon

vi. Shell/Body – Brass with Albaloy plating vii. Impedance – 50 Ω

viii. Insulation resistance – Greater than 5,000 MΩ ix. Peak operating Voltage – 1,500 V

c. Sirit part number CONN-5200-K which includes 2 Male N-Type Connectors shall be used for LMR-400 antenna cable. One kit to facilitate one antenna.

Page 41: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

39

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 210

RESET TRAVEL TIME INDICATOR

(5) Water-proofing mastic for antennas connections. (6) The Ethernet surge suppressor shall be DIN rail mountable and have RJ-45 connectors. It shall

support transmission speeds up to 100 Mbps and 802.3at power over Ethernet (PoE) applications. The Ethernet surge suppressor shall comply with the following standards: GR 1089, NEC 800.100 and 830.100, ITU 703, UL94V-0 flame rated.

(7) Serial surge suppressor shall be Wavetronix Click WX-CLK-200 or equivalent. (8) Device configuration software as provided by the manufacturer. (9) 0.75 inch Type 201 stainless steel strap with Type 201 stainless steel buckles.

(10) Mounting hardware, cabling, and adaptors including but not limited to: 0.75 inch Type 201 stainless steel strap with Type 201 stainless steel buckles, Liquidtight flexible conduit with compatible connectors.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The Travel Time Indicator reader shall be mounted inside the communications cabinet allowing room for all communication cable connections. A hook & loop fastening system shall be used to mount the reader to the cabinet for ease of removal. The power supply shall be mounted to DIN rail inside the communications cabinet. All wiring shall conform to the most current version of the NEC. The Contractor shall supply and install one-inch type 201 stainless steel strap used in conjunction with type 201 stainless steel buckles shall be used to band the antenna mount to the structure at the mounting height directed by the Engineer per guidance from Matthew Becker at 303-435-8288. The Antenna shall be mounted horizontally polarized using the included stainless hardware. The antenna shall be oriented such that it intersects with the oncoming traffic at a 45 degree angle, and is aimed to the center of lane 2. The Contractor shall install flexible conduit from the communication cabinet enclosure to the structure for signal cable and/or power cable installation as shown in the plans. Holes made in mounting structures shall be the minimum size necessary to secure the conduit connectors and shall not exceed 2 inches in diameter. All holes shall be free of burs and sharp edges prior to the installation of all cable, conduit, and conduit nipples. All cable entrances in structures, conduits, and enclosures shall be sealed and waterproofed. All wiring and electrical connections shall be performed in conformance with the latest version of the NEC. The signal cable shall connect RF input/output channels from the telemetry master (toll tag reader) to the telemetry (antenna) units – one cable per antenna. The contractor shall route signal cable through existing structures or through new flexible or rigid PVC conduit mounted to existing structures as shown on the plans. Each signal cable shall be a continuous cable, with no splices, terminated with male N-type crimp on straight plugs on both ends. Installed length of any one signal cable shall not exceed 100 lf. (*** Installations that require lengths in excess of ~100ft should utilize lower loss cable as to not exceed 3-4dB of loss per run. All signal cables shall be labeled on both ends with UV resistant colored tape before installation. The same color label shall be used on both ends of one cable and label colors shall not repeat at the same installation site. Labels shall be installed such that they are distinguishable from the ground. The Contractor shall ensure strain relief and drip loops in coaxial antenna cable. The Contractor shall provide full support to all coaxial cable not in conduit and/or wiring trays. All cable entrances in conduits, conduit entrances in structures and cabinets shall be sealed and waterproofed. Conduit/signal cable shall not enter the top of the cabinet housing the telemetry master device. Entering through the bottom of the cabinet is preferred, although side entrances will be permitted. Waterproofing mastic shall be applied at all antennas to signal cable connections following manufacturer’s recommendations.

Page 42: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

40

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 210

RESET TRAVEL TIME INDICATOR The Contractor shall connect antenna signal cables to the Travel Time Indicator such that:

Northbound vehicle detection corresponds to Port 1, Southbound vehicle detection corresponds to Port 2, Eastbound vehicle detection corresponds to Port 3, and Westbound vehicle detection corresponds to Port 4.

RS-232 serial and Ethernet communications from the reader shall terminate on their respective surge suppression device. The connection to serial surge shall allow access to the reader via laptop computer. The Contractor shall configure the Travel Time Indicator in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and the following specifications: The unit shall have CalTrans Title 21 protocol enabled for tag detection with only active antenna channels enabled and power levels set to the minimum needed for reliable transponder detection. The unit shall be configured for serial communication with the following :

19,200 bits per second 8 data bits No parity 1 stop bit No flow control

The following shall be set to run in the TPS script:

(1) interval: 60s (2) Reader ID: as per plan sheet (3) Heartbeat: 10s

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

The Travel Time Indicator will be measured by the actual number of TTI systems installed and accepted, and will include warranty, documentation, IDentity ID5204 Reader, power supply, antenna mounts, antennas, waterproofing mastic, conduit and connectors, installation hardware, all necessary wiring, test equipment, labor, and all other items necessary to complete the work. Each TTI shall include aiming the antenna, complete in place, in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions. TTI shall include reader connections, testing, warranty, documentation, all necessary cabling (excluding signal cable), all equipment and labor necessary for installation, and all other items necessary to complete the work. Testing will be measured as 90% vehicle transponder detection. Testing shall include a full data path to the Travel Time Indicator and acceptance by the Department.

BASIS OF PAYMENT

Pay Item Pay Unit Reset Travel Time Indicator Each

Page 43: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

41

REVISION OF SECTION 212 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION

DESCRIPTION

Section 212 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 212 shall include the following: This work shall include all necessary work and material required to replace any turf, native or non-native, plant beds or mulch areas disturbed through construction activities that are not already identified as a pay item. This includes plant beds and turf within I-25/Lincoln Avenue interchange, plant beds and turf at Meridian office park sign, turf within Meridian office park and plant beds within RTD Kiss and Ride area.

MATERIALS Subsection 212.02 shall include the following: Match existing materials as needed including mulch, edging, native turf grass or irrigated turf. Shrubs may be transplanted within impacted beds if room allows. Submit samples of new materials to Engineer and R1 Landscape Architect for approval prior to installation.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 212.03 shall include the following: Contractor to restore areas identified above to better their existing condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Work may include replacement of mulch, repair of damaged edgers, turf and relocation of shrubs as needed to bring area back to original condition.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 212.07 shall include the following: Work will include cost of all labor and material to restore disturbed areas as described above.

BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 212.08 shall include the following: The accepted quantities of landscape restoration will be paid for at the contract unit price for the pay item listed below that appears in the bid schedule.

Pay Item Pay Unit Landscape Restoration Lump Sum

Page 44: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

42

REVISION OF SECTION 212 SODDING

Section 212 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised as follows:

DESCRIPTION 212.01 Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to complete the installation of sod, including guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Items of work specifically include, but are not limited to, sodding, watering, fertilizing, warranty and maintenance.

MATERIALS 212.02 Fertilizer and Sod. Section 212.02 is revised to include the following: (a) Fertilizers. Fertilizer shall be a standard commercial form, approved for use in the state and

location where it is applied. Commercial fertilizers shall provide the nutrient components specified in order to meet the requirements recommended by the agricultural soil testing lab.

Commercial fertilizer shall conform to the applicable State fertilizer laws. It shall be uniform in composition, dry, and free flowing, and shall be delivered to the site in the original, unopened containers, each bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Fertilizer that is caked or otherwise damaged will not be accepted.

Pre-plant fertilizer for sodded turf areas shall be Triple Super Phosphate (0-46-0) applied at 6.5lbs/1,000 S.F. Fertilizer as top dressing for sodded turf areas shall have the following chemical analysis: FERTILIZER ANALYSIS (%) LBS/ACRE AVAILABLE nitrogen 18 27 phosphorus 46 69 potassium 0 0 When applied as a topsoil amendment, fertilizer shall have an analysis that will deliver appropriate amounts of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium as required to remedy deficiencies revealed by testing of the topsoil. Furnish delivery receipts and certified chemical analysis for all fertilizers used. Contractor shall certify that all fertilizers, herbicides and pesticides used are acceptable for use in the State of Colorado.

(b) Sod. Healthy, thick turf having undergone a program of regular fertilization, mowing and weed

control; free of objectionable weeds; uniform in green color, leaf texture and density; healthy, vigorous root system; inspected and found free of disease, nematodes, pests and pest larvae by the entomologist of the State Department of Agriculture.

Page 45: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

43

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 212

SODDING 1. Each piece of Sod: Loam soil base that will not break, crumble or tear during sod

installation. 2. Thickness: 1" thick, excluding top growth and thatch. 3. Thatch: Not to exceed 1/4" uncompressed. 4. Size: Cut into 18” wide strips no more than 24 hours prior to delivery.

Sod shall be nursery grown and free of weeds. Soil thickness for sod cuts shall not be less than 3/4 inch nor more than one inch. Sod shall be cut in uniform strips with minimum dimensions of 18 inches in width and 48 inches in length. The Contractor shall install on site a sample of the sod proposed for use, which shall serve as a standard. Obtain approval of the Landscape Architect prior to proceeding. Any sod furnished, whether in place or not, that is not up to the standard of the sample may be rejected. Sod that has been cut more than twenty-four hours in advance of placement shall not be accepted.

Turf-type Fescue Sod shall be ‘Triathlon’ Tall Fescue blend - a mixture of three types of turf-type Tall Fescue, or equal as approved by the Landscape Architect. Triathlon consists of the following blends:

Scientific Name Common Name Variety %PLS By Weight Festuca elatior v. Grande Tall Fescue Grande 33.3 Festuca elatior v. Coyote Tall Fescue Coyote 33.3 Festuca elatior v. Crew Cut Tall Fescue Crew Cut 33.3

Other acceptable varieties are: Arid, Galway, Falcon, Hounddog, Mustang, Rebel II and Titan. Mix shall consist of an equal amount of at least three different types of fescue.

Furnish delivery tickets for all sod delivered to the site to the Field Engineer. Tickets shall specify source and composition of all materials supplied.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

Site Conditions. Import and place any fill material required to adjust the fine grade to meet drainage requirements or to match adjacent surface grades. All areas to receive sod shall be prepared in accordance with Section 207, Soil Preparation (Special). Vehicular accessibility on site shall be as directed by Owner's Representative. Repair damage to prepared grounds and surfaces caused by vehicular movement during work under this section, to original condition at no additional cost to Owner. Do not install sod on muddy or frozen soil. Water. Confirm water source and availability prior to ordering sod. Water will be supplied by Contractor at no cost to Owner until irrigation system is in full operation at which time Owner will pay for water metered to irrigation system.

Page 46: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

44

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 212

SODDING

Fertilizer. Deliver fertilizer to site in original unopened container bearing manufacturer’s guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trade name, trademark, warranty and conformance to state law. Material shall be inspected upon arrival at job site. Immediately remove unacceptable material from job site. Prior to laying sod, the four inches of subsoil underlying the sod shall be treated by tilling in diammonium phosphate having an available nutrient analysis of 18-46-0. The rate of application shall be as recommended by the soil testing laboratory and approved by the Engineer. At a minimum provide 1lb of available N per 100 square feet.

Sod Materials. Subject to inspection and acceptance. Owner's Representative reserves the right to reject at any time prior to acceptance, any work, sod materials which in the opinion of the Owner's Representative fails to meet these specification requirements. Inspection will be made primarily for quality; however, other requirements are not waived even though visual inspection results in acceptance. Notify Owner's Representative of intended sod farm for inspection prior to cutting. Inspection at growth site shall not preclude the right of rejection at project site. Promptly remove rejected sod or seed materials from site. Owner's Representative will make inspection daily during sodding and seeding operations, at completion and at end of warranty period.

Deliver on pallets properly loaded on vehicles and with root system protected from exposure to sun, wind, and heat in accordance with standard practice and labeled with botanical and common name of each grass species in accordance with Federal Seed Act. Protect from dehydration, contamination and heating at all times. Keep stored sod moist and under shade covered with moistened burlap. Do not drop sod rolls from carts, trucks or pallets. Do not deliver more sod than can be installed within 24 hours. Do not stack sod more than 2 feet deep. Prior to sodding, the ground shall be tilled and hand-raked to an evenly graded and loosened sod bed to a depth of four inches. All irregularities in the ground surface shall be removed. Sticks, stones, debris, clods, and other material more than 1/2 inch in diameter shall be removed. Any depressions or variances from a smooth grade shall be corrected. Areas to be sodded shall be raked smooth before any sod is installed. Thoroughly moisten subgrade before placing sod. The sod shall be installed to appear seamless with staggered joints and all edges touching. On slopes, the sod shall run approximately parallel to the grade contours. Where the sod abuts a drop inlet, the subgrade shall be adjusted so that the sod shall be flush with the top of the inlet. After the sod is placed it shall be thoroughly watered. The sod shall then be permitted to dry to the point where it is still wet enough for effective rolling. It shall than be rolled in two directions with a lawn roller weighing at least 150 pounds.

Page 47: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

45

-4- REVISION OF SECTION 212

SODDING After installation, the sod shall be fertilized with a fertilizer having an available nutrient analysis of 10-10-5 at the rate of 200 pounds per acre. Fertilizer shall not be applied when the application will damage the sod. Sod Maintenance. Contractor is responsible to regularly mow and fertilize and otherwise support the growth of all sodded areas until final acceptance of all landscaped areas, at which time the Owner’s yearly maintenance Contractor will assume responsibility for lawn maintenance. During this time the Contractor shall mow the fescue sod areas as required to maintain the height at 2-1/2 – 3”, starting as soon as sodding operations are complete. Refer to Landscape Maintenance Section 215 Special for more regarding Contractor’s responsibility for maintenance after final acceptance.

Warrant sod areas for a period of one (1) year from date of Substantial Completion to be in a healthy, vigorous growing condition as determined by the Engineer. Upon completion of work, furnish written warranty to Owner based upon requirements specified.

During the warranty period, immediately replace dead or diseased turf areas as directed by the Owner's Representative. Replacement will not be required in an inappropriate season. Install replacement material as originally specified and warranted.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Subsection 212.07 is hereby revised to include the following:

212.07 The quantities of sodding will be the actual number of square feet installed, measured in place, including soil preparation, water, fertilizer, and sod, completed and accepted as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.

BASIS OF PAYMENT

The accepted quantities of sodding will be paid for at the contract unit price listed below that appears in the bid schedule. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Sod Square Foot

Page 48: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

46

REVISION OF SECTION 212 SOIL PREPARATION (SPECIAL)

Section 212 of the Standard Specification is hereby revised for this project as follows:

DESCRIPTION Subsection 212.01 shall include the following: This work consists of preparing a conditioned planting area for sod and tree pit backfill. All work shall be done in accordance with the Contract and accepted horticultural practice. Contractor shall incorporate compost into the top 6 inches of the soil to be planted with sod and into the backfill of all tree pits as specified below.

MATERIALS Delete Subsection 212.02(b)2, first sentence and replace with the following: Soil Conditioner: Soil Conditioner shall be compost.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 212.03 shall include the following: Soil amendment shall be added and thoroughly mixed into the backfill material at the rate of 20% by volume per tree pit. Surplus soil after backfilling shall be thinly distributed in the area around each tree, subject to the approval of the Engineer. Subsection 212.05 (a) shall include the following: The Contractor shall scarify and turn under the area designated to be sodded to a depth of 6 inches (6”). All dirt clods, asphalt, concrete and other material more than 2” in any dimension shall be brought to the surface and shall be removed from the site. Subsection 212.05 (c) shall include the following: Soil Conditioner shall be added to the surface at a rate of 4 cubic yards of Class I compost per 1000 square feet and thoroughly tilled into soil 6 to 12 inches. Subsection 212.08 shall include the following: Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Soil Preparation (Special) CY

Page 49: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

47

REVISION OF SECTION 212 TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION

Section 212 of standard specification shall also include the following: 212.01 The work of this section consists of retention and protection of trees during the construction of the project.

MATERIALS 212.02 Rigid Tree Protection Fencing

A. Rigid tree protection fencing shall be comprised of the following:

1. Chain link fencing materials including posts, rails, braces and mesh, 6’ in height. 2. Posts and rails shall be a minimum of 1-1/2” OD steel pipe. 3. Mesh shall be 2”x 2” x 11ga. minimum woven chain link fabric. 4. Post bases shall be minimum 16”x 8” x 8” high concrete piers with sleeves for

posts, or approved equal. 5. Plywood shall be a minimum of ¼”, or approved equal.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

212.03 Protection Within the Drip Line: Where existing trees are within the area of work, or where existing trees outside the area of work have drip-lines extending into the area of work, the Contractor shall employ all methods to minimize adverse impact to these existing trees including limbs and roots. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector of any construction work within the drip-line of trees at least one (1) Working Day before the scheduled activity. These methods may include but not be limited to: (1) Temporary chain link construction fencing. (2) Temporary tie-up of low limbs. (3) Application of a 4- to 6-inch thick layer of mulch (or wood chips salvaged from clearing and

grubbing operations) within the drip-line of trees. (4) Timber or steel planking for protection of surface roots from Equipment. (5) Tree root pruning or other tree root treatment as directed by the Project Inspector. No storage of equipment or materials shall be allowed within the drip-line of trees not designated for removal. Steel planking, or timber planking made of 4-inch thick material, each plank covering a minimum of 8 square feet, shall be used to support backhoe and other Equipment stabilizers when set within the drip-line of a tree or sodded planting strip. Where sidewalk, curb, and pavement removal and placement operations occur that impact tree roots 2-inches or greater in diameter, the Project Inspector will determine how these tree roots are to be handled. 212.04 Above Grade Work: When the Contractor anticipates construction operations that will unavoidably affect tree limbs, the Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector at least five (5) Working Days in advance of commencing such operations.

Page 50: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

48

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 212

TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION

(1) Before trimming any trees, the Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector of the proposed method and the amount of trimming required.

(2) Trimming shall be done by a professional tree service company whose past and current performance is in accordance with National Arborist Association tree-pruning standards.

212.05 Trenching and Tunneling Within the Dripline Trenching and tunneling within the drip-line of existing trees not designated for removal shall be defined zone clearance requirements. Excavation or tunneling of any kind within the “critical root zone,” as defined by the Standard Plans, will not be allowed unless the Contractor requests permission to do so at least two (2) Working Days in advance and receives approval of the Project Inspector. Treatment of Roots: Excavation around roots 2-inches in diameter and greater requires handwork. (1) Individual tree roots 2-inches or greater in diameter shall not be cut, but rather protected when within

the drip-line of the tree. (2) Tree roots smaller than 2-inches in diameter shall be cleanly cut flush with the edge of the trench or

tunnel. (3) Ripping or tearing of tree roots will not be allowed. 212.05 Repair, Replacement and Payment for Damage Trees or other plant material not ordered or designated to be removed but that are destroyed or irreparably damaged by Contractor operations as determined by the Project Inspector, shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor in accordance with the Project Inspector’s recommendations (at least 2 replacement trees for every 1 tree removed). (1) Replacements shall be of the same species and as nearly as possible of the same size as the trees to be

replaced (minimum of 2” caliper). (2) The Contractor shall allow one (1) Working Day advance notice for inspection of nursery stock

replacements by the Project Inspector. Payment: In addition to the Contractor’s restoration approved by the Project Inspector, the Contractor will be assessed damages for the difference in the dollar value of the damaged tree, shrub, or other plant material, and the dollar value of the replacement. (1) The dollar value will be determined by the Project Inspector from the “Guide for Establishing Values

of Trees and Other Plants,” prepared by the Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers, current edition. Damages assessed will be deducted from moneys due or that may become due to the Contractor.

(2) Planting of replacement stock shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents during the first fall or spring planting period, whichever comes first.

Page 51: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

49

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 212

TREE RETENTION AND PROTECTION

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 212.07 shall include the following: Tree protection and replacement shall not be measured but shall be included in the work. Tree protection and retention shall be paid for on a lump sum basis. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Tree protection and replacement Lump Sum

Page 52: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

50

REVISION OF SECTION 213 LANDSCAPE BOULDERS

DESCRIPTION

Section 213 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: This work shall include all necessary work and material required to install landscape boulders as shown on the Drawings.

MATERIALS Subsection 213.02 shall include the following: Landscape Boulders shall be large (2 to 3 ton) Granite or approved equal by the Engineer and the R1 Landscape Architect. Thirty percent of rocks shall be 2 tons (+/_10% in size) and 70 percent shall be 1 ton (+/_10% in size). Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the R1 Landscape Architect a minimum of one week prior to obtaining Landscape Boulders so that both parties can agree which Boulders will be used for this project. Landscape Boulders shall not have any major defects such as blasting marks, scars and scratches (from construction equipment) or cracks, giving the rock an unnatural appearance.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 213.03 shall include the following: Contractor to stake out location of Landscape Boulders and obtain approval from the Engineer and R1 Landscape Architect prior to installation. Place Landscape Boulders in groupings as shown on the plans. Bury 1/3 of Landscape Boulders into topsoil to create a natural-appearing rock outcropping.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Subsection 212.05 shall include the following: Landscape boulders shall be the quantity shown on the plans. Work will include cost of all labor and material to install landscape boulders as shown on the plans.

BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 212.06 shall include the following: The accepted quantities of Landscape Boulders will be paid for at the contract unit price for the pay item listed below that appears in the bid schedule.

Pay Item Pay Unit Landscape Boulders Each

Page 53: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

51

REVISION OF SECTION 213 MULCHING

DESCRIPTION

Section 213 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: This item consists of mulching the tree pit in the RTD Kiss and Ride plaza, along the barrier south of the Kiss and Ride and at all tree saucers for trees within turf areas (native or sod). Also includes the installation of weed barrier fabric beneath rock mulch and metal landscape border between rock mulch and turf areas.

MATERIALS Subsection 213.02 shall include the following: Inorganic Mulch (Mulch for tree pit at RTD Kiss and Ride plaza). Crusher fines material tan in color and shall comply with ASTM C 136. Submit a 1 lb. sample to Engineer for approval at least 1 week prior to placing on the project. The following gradation is required:

Sieve size % passing 3/8” 100 #4 70-100 #8 50-75 #16 30-65 #30 20-45 #50 10-30 #100 2-20 #200 0-15

Mulching (Decorative). 4” to 6” diameter river cobble. Submit a 1 lb. sample to Engineer for approval at least 1 week prior to placing on the project. Mulching (Wood Chip). Fresh, moist fibrous cedar mulch material having approximate dimensions: Width: ¼-1/2 inch and Length: 3 to 4 inches. Submit a ½ lb, sample to the Engineer for approval at least 1 week prior to placing on the project. Metal Landscape Border. Standard commercial-steel edging, rolled edge, fabricated in sections of standard lengths, with loops stamped from or welded to face of sections to receive stakes. Provide commercial 3/16-inch thick x 5-1/2 inches high. Color shall be Brown. Steel edging sections shall have anchor stake loops stamped in face of section 32”-inches on center. Use 12” inch tapered steel anchoring stakes 3/16” inch thick with a powder coat finish to match edging. Landscape Weed Barrier Fabric. Geotextile covered with rock mulch shall be a non-woven, spunbound polypropylene polyester or polyolefin extruded in such a manner as to form a mat.

Page 54: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

52

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 213

MULCHING

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 213.03 shall include the following: Inorganic Mulch (Mulch for tree pit at RTD Kiss and Ride plaza). Place a four inch (4”) layer of inorganic mulch over landscape weed barrier fabric in the existing tree cut out area within the plaza pavement as shown on the Drawings. Tap gently in place. Maintain a minimum of one-half inch lip at edge of concrete surrounding tree pit to reduce material from encroaching onto sidewalk areas. Mulching (Decorative). Place a six inch (6”) layer of rock cobble mulch over landscape weed barrier fabric in areas shown on the Drawings. Completely cover landscape weed barrier fabric so no areas are visible. Mulching (Wood Chip). A four inch (4”) layer of fibrous cedar mulch shall be uniformly applied to all tree saucers as shown on the Drawings or as directed. Cedar mulch shall be capable of matting together to resist scattering by wind. All mulch to remain a distance of 4 to 6 inches away from trunk base on trees. Landscape Weed Barrier Fabric. Installation of landscape weed barrier fabric in Mulching (Decorative) and Inorganic Mulch area shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. There shall be a minimum of a six inch overlap wherever one roll of fabric ends and another begins. At terminal ends, landscape weed barrier fabric shall be buried in a trench approximately six inches deep by six inches wide. Before backfilling, staples shall be placed across the width of the trench six inches on center in a zigzag pattern. The trench shall then be backfilled to grade and compacted by foot tamping prior to installation of mulch. Maintain the landscape weed barrier fabric until all work on the Contract has been completed and accepted. Maintenance shall consist of the repair of damaged areas due to Contractor’s operations. In addition, maintain a layer of mulching over landscape weed barrier fabric once the landscape weed barrier fabric is in place.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 213.04 is revised as follows: The accepted quantities of mulch and landscape weed barrier fabric shall be paid for at the contract unit price as listed below. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Mulching (Decorative) Cubic Foot Mulching (Wood Chip) Cubic Foot Inorganic Mulch Cubic Yard Landscape Weed Barrier Fabric Square Yard Metal Landscape Border (3/16 x 5-1/2 Inch) Linear Foot

Page 55: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

53

REVISION OF SECTION 214 LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT

DESCRIPTION

Sections 214 of the Standard Specifications shall also include the following:

MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES SCHEDULE

ACTIVITY FUNCTION

FUNCTION BY MONTH FREQUENCY FOR YEAR J F M A M J J A S O N D

Inspections X X X X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

X X Inspections shall be twice monthly, April through October, and once monthly, November through March. Before each inspection is to occur, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 72 hours in advance.

Sodded Turfgrass Areas

Mowing: Shall be mowed weekly to a height specified herein. X X X X X X X

Mowing frequency is weekly during period shown

Fertilize with specified fertilizer X X X X Weeding on an ongoing basis X X X X X X

Trees

Fertilization: Root inject slow release fertilizer with a nutrient analysis of 10-10-10.

X Root feeding of trees shall be done in spring and fall or as directed by the Engineer.

Chemical Application: Trees shall be kept free of harmful insects and disease.

X X Only as needed, or as directed by the Engineer.

Irrigation Water the plant material so as to maintain a minimum of 1” of water per week during the months of April through September, reducing as necessary in early spring and late fall, unless the local jurisdictions require a stricter watering schedule due to drought conditions.

X X X X X X X X

Maintenance and Repair: Includes a weekly visual inspection of irrigated areas; sprinkler heads (head placement, direction, and operation) Irrigation line breaks, wires and power from controllers to valves and water lines from the manifold boxes out to the fields (this shall include the valves and the lines located inside the manifold Boxes) Repair of system must begin upon discovery. Meridian, RTD or TMA landscape maintenance personnel must be contacted immediately for responsibilities other than those specified. Contractor will be responsible for coordinating winterization shut down, compressed air blown through all pipes, and draining of all valves and sprung start-up (pressurization).

X X X X X X X Winterization procedures and spring startup (pressurization) dates may vary, depending on the weather conditions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Litter Control

Weekly Litter Pickup: X X X X X X X X X X X X Litter removal a minimum of 1 hour per week.

Page 56: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

54

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 214

LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 214.05 shall include the following: One year of landscape maintenance will not be measured, but will be paid for on a lump sum basis. Subsection 214.05, first paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace with the following: The contract performance bond, required by subsection 103.03 shall guarantee replacement work during the plant establishment period.

BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 214.06 shall include the following:

Pay Item Pay Unit Landscape Establishment Lump Sum

For each month that landscape maintenance is performed and accepted during the Landscape Establishment Period as specified in subsection 214.04, payment for Landscape Establishment will be made in installments as follows:

(1) Ten percent of the lump sum amount will be paid for each of the eight growing season months, from March through October.

(2) Five percent of the lump sum amount will be paid for each of the winter months, November through February.

Landscape maintenance performed during construction will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the Work.

Page 57: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

55

REVISION OF SECTION 214 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE

DESCRIPTION

Sections 214 of the Standard Specifications shall also include the following:

MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES SCHEDULE

ACTIVITY FUNCTION

FUNCTION BY MONTH

FREQUENCY FOR YEAR J F M A M J J A S O N D Inspections

X X X X X

X X

X X

X X

X X

XX

XX

X X Inspections shall be twice monthly, April through October, and once monthly, November through March. Before each inspection is to occur, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 72 hours in advance.

Sodded Turfgrass Areas

Mowing: Shall be mowed weekly to a height specified herein.

X X X X X X X Mowing frequency is weekly during period shown

Fertilize with specified fertilizer X X X X Weeding and ongoing basis X X X X X X X

Trees Fertilization: Root inject slow release fertilizer with a nutrient analysis of 10-10-10.

X Root feeding of trees shall be done in spring and fall or as directed by the Engineer.

Pruning: Prune any diseased, dead or broken limbs or branches as soon as identified, following accepted and approved methods. Any equipment or hand tools used on trees shall be cleaned by a sterilizing solution after use on each tree or shrub. No pruning of trees shall be done to change the natural appearance or growth of the plant.

X X Base sucker growth is to be removed as needed or directed by the Engineer. Prune flowering trees and shrubs after flowering period.

Chemical Application: Trees shall be kept free of harmful insects and disease.

X X Only as needed, or as directed by the Engineer.

Irrigation

Water the plant material so as to maintain a minimum of 1” of water per week during the months of April through September, reducing as necessary in early spring and late fall, unless the local jurisdictions require a stricter watering schedule due to drought conditions.

X X X X X X X

Maintenance and Repair: Includes a weekly visual inspection of irrigated areas; sprinkler heads (head placement, direction, and operation) Irrigation line breaks, wires and power from controllers to valves and water lines from the manifold boxes out to the fields (this shall include the valves and the lines located inside the manifold Boxes) Repair of system must begin upon discovery. Meridian, RTD or TMA landscape maintenance personnel must be contacted immediately for responsibilities other than those specified. Contractor will be responsible for coordinating winterization shut down, compressed air blown through all pipes, and draining of all valves and sprung start-up (pressurization).

X X X X X X X Winterization procedures and spring startup (pressurization) dates may vary, depending on the weather conditions, and as directed by the Engineer.

Litter Control

Weekly Litter Pickup: X X X X X X X X X X X Litter removal a minimum of 1 hour per week.

Page 58: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

56

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 214

LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Delete Subsection 214.04(a) and replace with the following: A one year landscape establishment period will be part of the Contract. If at one year after substantial completion the plant materials are deemed less than healthy and vigorous, the Contractor shall replace said materials at the size and requirements stated in this specification. During this one year period, the Contractor shall be responsible for watering plant materials, as well as the tasks described in Section 214 – Landscape Maintenance.

Subsection 214.05 shall include the following: Landscape Maintenance will not be measured, but will be paid for on a lump sum basis. Subsection 214.05, first paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace with the following: The contract performance bond, required by subsection 103.03 shall guarantee replacement work during the plant establishment period.

BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 214.06 shall include the following:

Pay Item Pay Unit Landscape Maintenance Lump Sum

For each month that landscape maintenance is performed and accepted during the Landscape Maintenance Period as specified in subsection 214.04, payment for Landscape Maintenance will be made in installments as follows:

(1) Ten percent of the lump sum amount will be paid for each of the eight growing season months, from March through October.

(2) Five percent of the lump sum amount will be paid for each of the winter months, November through February.

Landscape maintenance performed during construction will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the Work

Page 59: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

57

REVISION OF SECTION 214 PLANTING

Section 214 of standard specification is hereby revised for this project as follows:

DESCRIPTION

Subsection 214.01 shall include the following This work shall consist of planting new evergreen trees in the locations shown on the Drawings. Planting locations shall be coordinated with and approved by Meridian Metropolitan District and the TMA prior to installation. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Evergreen Tree (6 Foot)(Ball and Burlap) Each

Page 60: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

58

REVISION OF SECTION 217 HERBICIDE TREATMENT

Section 217 of the Standard Specification is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 217.02 shall include the following: All areas infested with Russian olive (Elaeagnus angustifolia), elm, or sumac, shall be treated with Habitat (imazapyr) by the cut stump method. Treatment is to be as directed by the Engineer and according to manufacturer’s current label for recommendations and requirements. The Contractor shall always read, understand and follow the label directions. The contractor is required to follow local regulations regarding herbicide. Subsection 217.03 shall include the following: Herbicide shall be applied in the fall or spring. Trees shall be cut to flush with the ground, with the final cut level to provide a flat surface for herbicide placement and to prevent herbicide from running onto ground surface. Herbicide shall be applied immediately after the final cut and in no circumstances more than 5 minutes after cut. To insure all stumps are covered with herbicide, oil-soluble dye shall be added to the chemical mixture, which allows the applicator to see the amount of coverage. Cut stump as well as the sides of the cut stump down to the ground level shall be sprayed until the bark is wet but not to the point of runoff. Care shall be taken to prevent herbicide from contacting plants adjacent to tree stump. All limbs shall be chipped and hauled off the project site. Subsection 217.05 shall include the following: Herbicide treatment of stumps shall not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of 201 – Clearing and Grubbing.

Page 61: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

59

REVISION OF SECTION 240 PRAIRIE DOG MANAGEMENT

Section 240 of the Standard Specification is hereby added for this project as follows:

DESCRIPTION 240.01 This work requires the passive relocation, active trapping, transporting, donating, and/or euthanizing of Black Tailed Prairie Dogs (BTPD) in the vicinity of I-25. In areas where BTPD trapping and euthanization is required, then the Contractor shall contact the CDOT Region 1 Biologist and comply with the CDOT BTPD policy at all times. This policy can be accessed at: http://www.coloradodot.info/programs/environmental/wildlife/guidelines/pdpolicy0109.pdf/view

MATERIALS 240.02 The Contractor shall furnish all material and equipment of sufficient type and size to complete the BTPD management.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 240.03 The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that construction activity is conducted consistent with the 2009 CDOT Impacted Black Tailed Prairie Dog Policy. In areas where Passive Relocation is required: (a) Passive Relocation

1. Passive relocation shall not occur during pupping season (April 1-June 15th). 2. Contractor shall construct no more than a 30 foot wide prairie dog exclusion corridor using

silt fence. The fence should be trenched to a depth of at least 6 inches so that no light will show from the bottom edge. Corridor shall be enclosed so no BTPD can access area from above ground and shall be spray painted “BTPD” to differentiate between silt fence used for sediment and erosion control.

3. The Contractor shall then crush the entrances to the burrows that lie within the corridor to prevent BTPD from reopening burrows in graded areas.

4. Immediately after crushing the holes, the corridor will be graded to a maximum of six inches in depth. Normal construction activities shall commence no more than 24 hours after the BTPD burrows have been graded.

5. Application of herbicides immediately adjacent to active BTPD colonies will not be permitted.

In areas where Trapping and Euthanization is required:

(b) Trapping and Euthanizing

1. All existing black-tailed prairie dogs in the project area will be trapped and euthanized before land disturbance can begin on-site.

2. The Contractor shall hire a state licensed BTPD Removal Specialist to remove the BTPD from the locations disturbed by transportation construction activities. The specialist shall also be qualified to identify the presence of burrowing owls in the area of disturbance and if appropriate will conduct surveys to ensure that burrowing owls are not present before passive relocation or trapping and euthanization occurs.

Page 62: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

60

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 240

PRAIRIE DOG MANAGEMENT

3. The Contractor and BTPD removal specialist shall provide a “BTPD Management Plan” for review by the CDOT Region 1 Biologist at least 7 days prior to relocation or trapping activities. The plan should include the credentials of the removal specialist, copies of all permits required to complete the work, an outline for how the multiple steps in the CDOT Prairie Dog Policy have been and will be followed, and a detailed plan for the methods and processes to be used in implementing the appropriate management activity.

4. Prior to trapping, the Contractor shall perform all activities, including application and receipt of all respective permits, required by the Colorado Parks and Wildlife, Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment, US Fish and Wildlife Service, the county, the municipality or any other entity with legal authority.

5. The Contractor shall contact the following programs one month prior to trapping to determine final acceptance of the BTPD:

i. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) Black Footed Ferret (BFF) Recover Program in Wellington, Colorado

ii. Birds of Prey Foundation in Broomfield, Colorado iii. Rocky Mountain Raptor Program in Fort Collins, Colorado

6. If possible, trapping shall not occur between April 1 and June 15 to allow newborn BTPD pups time to wean from their mothers. No more than ten days of consecutive trapping will be permitted.

7. Trapping shall be limited to construction limits. 8. If trapping cannot occur between June 16 and March 31, euthanasia of the remaining colony

should occur immediately following the trapping efforts (10 day maximum) to minimize undue suffering of unweaned pups. The Contractor shall trap and remove as many BTPD as possible during the 10 day period.

9. Captured prairie dogs will be removed from the trapping field within four hours of capture, and housed in their cages in a protected area on site until the daily trapping period is complete. Unless live relocation to the Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) Black Footed Ferret (BFF) Recover Program in Wellington, Colorado is available, all prairie dogs will be euthanized the day of capture and frozen. Euthanization will occur away from public observation.

10. Following the 10 day trapping effort, the remaining BTPD will be euthanized onsite prior to ground disturbance by a licensed operator. Fumigation will be used on all burrows within the project area to exterminate any remaining prairie dogs. Treatment areas will be closed to all surface traffic. Signage will be posted to notify which areas have been fumigated and when reentry is allowed.

240.04 Measurement and Payment Applying for and obtaining permits, hiring licensed specialists, trapping, transporting, euthanizing, parasite and disease management (including pesticides and other chemicals), and all other activities necessary to properly remove the BTPD in accordance with all of the requirements of the CDOT BTPD policy will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.

Page 63: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

61

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 240

PRAIRIE DOG MANAGEMENT Partial payments for BTPD management will be made according to the following schedule:

50% of the bid amount will be paid on the first pay request that work associated with BTPD management is required for construction;

After 50% of the original contract amount is earned, 75 percent of the bid amount will be paid; 100 % of the bid amount will be paid on the final pay request upon completion of the

management effort. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Prairie Dog Management Lump Sum

Page 64: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

62

REVISION OF SECTION 240 PROTECTION OF MIGRATORY BIRDS

BIOLOGICAL WORK PERFORMED BY A CONTRACTOR’S BIOLOGIST Section 240 is hereby added to the Standard Specifications for this project as follows:

DESCRIPTION

240.01 This work consists of protecting migratory birds during construction work on structures.

MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

240.02 The Contractor shall schedule construction activity, including clearing and grubbing operations and work on structures, to avoid taking (pursue, hunt, take, capture, or kill; attempt to take, capture, kill or possess) migratory birds or their nests protected by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (MBTA). If construction activity is to occur between April 1 and August 31, then the following specifications must be followed and the Contractor shall retain a qualified wildlife biologist to determine where nest removal may occur, will be required during construction or could result in the take of a raptor species. The wildlife biologist shall have a minimum of three years’ experience conducting migratory bird surveys and implementing the requirements of the MBTA. The Contractor shall submit documentation of the biologists’ education and experience to the Engineer for acceptance. A biologist with less experience may be used by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Engineer based on review of the biologist’s qualifications. If all construction activities occur after August 31 and before April 1, then the requirements set forth in this specification are not required.

The wildlife biologist shall record the location of each protected nest, bird species, the protection method used, and the date installed. A copy of these records will be submitted to the Engineer.

(A) Vegetation Removal. When possible, vegetation shall be cleared prior to the time when active nests are present. Vegetation removal activities shall be timed to avoid the migratory bird breeding season which begins on April 1 and runs to August 31. All areas scheduled for clearing and grubbing between April 1 and August 31 shall first be surveyed by the wildlife biologist within 50 feet of the work limits for active migratory bird nests. The Contractor’s wildlife biologist shall also survey for active migratory bird nests within 50 feet outside work limits. Contractor personnel shall enter areas outside CDOT right-of-way only if a written, signed document granting permission to enter the property has been obtained from the property owner. The Contractor shall document all denials of permission to enter property. The Contractor shall avoid all migratory bird nests. The Contractor shall avoid the area within 50 feet of the active nests or the area within the distance recommended by the biologist until all nests within that area have become inactive. Inactive nest removal and other necessary measures shall be incorporated into the work as follows. 1. Tree and Shrub Removal or Trimming. Tree and shrub removal or trimming shall occur

before April 1 or after August 31 if possible. If tree and shrub removal or trimming will occur between April 1 and August 31, a survey for active nests shall be conducted by the wildlife biologist within the seven days immediately prior to the beginning of work in each area of tree and shrub removal or trimming. The survey shall be conducted for each phase of any tree or shrub removal or trimming.

If an active nest containing eggs or young birds is found, the tree or shrub containing the active nest shall remain undisturbed and protected until the nest becomes inactive. The nest shall be protected by placing fence (plastic) a minimum distance of 50 feet from each nest to be undisturbed. This buffer dimension may be changed if determined appropriate by the wildlife biologist and approved by the Engineer. Work shall not proceed within the fenced buffer area until the young have fledged or the nests have become inactive. If the fence is

Page 65: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

63

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 240

PROTECTION OF MIGRATORY BIRDS BIOLOGICAL WORK PERFORMED BY A CONTRACTOR’S BIOLOGIST

knocked down or destroyed by the Contractor, the Engineer will suspend the work, wholly or in part, until the fence is satisfactorily repaired at the Contractor’s expense. Time lost due to such suspension will not be considered a basis for adjustment of time charges, but will be charged as contract time.

2. Grasses and Other Vegetation Management. Due to the potential for encountering ground nesting birds’ habitat, if work occurs between April 1 and August 31, the area shall be surveyed by a wildlife biologist within the seven days immediately prior to ground disturbing activities.

The undisturbed ground cover to 50 feet beyond the planned disturbance, or to the right-of-way line, whichever is less, shall be maintained at a height of 6 inches or less beginning April 1 and continuing until August 31 or until the end of ground disturbance work, whichever comes first.

If birds establish a nest within the survey area, an appropriate buffer of 50 feet will be established around the nest by the wildlife biologist. This buffer dimension may be changed if determined appropriate by the wildlife biologist and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall install fence (plastic) at the perimeter of the buffer. Work shall not proceed within the buffer until the young have fledged or the nests have become inactive.

If the fence is knocked down or destroyed by the Contractor, the Engineer will suspend the work, wholly or in part, until the fence is satisfactorily repaired at the Contractor’s expense. Time lost due to such suspension will not be considered a basis for adjustment of time charges, but will be charged as contract time.

(B) Work on Structures. The Contractor shall conduct work on structures in a manner that does not result in a taking of migratory birds protected by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (MBTA). Structures believed to provide potential nesting habitat include West Cottonwood Creek, Cottonwood Creek, East Cottonwood Creek, Lone Tree Creek, and Wind Mill Creek. The Contractor shall not conduct the work on structures during the primary birding season, April 1 through August 31, unless the Contractor takes the following actions: (1) The Contractor shall remove existing nests prior to April 1. If the Contract is not awarded

prior to April 1 and CDOT has removed existing nests, then the monitoring of nest building shall become the Contractor’s responsibility upon Notice to Proceed.

(2) During the time that the birds are trying to build or occupy their nests, between April 1 and August 31, the Contractor shall monitor the structures at least once every three days for any nesting activity.

(3) If the birds have started to build any nests, the nests shall be removed before they are completed. Water shall not be used to remove the nests if nests are located within 50 feet of any surface waters.

(4) Installation of netting may be used to prevent nest building. The netting shall be monitored and repaired or replaced as needed. Netting shall consist of a mesh with openings that are ¾ inch by ¾ inch or less.

Page 66: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

64

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 240

PROTECTION OF MIGRATORY BIRDS BIOLOGICAL WORK PERFORMED BY A CONTRACTOR’S BIOLOGIST

If an active nest becomes established, i.e., there are eggs or young in the nest, all work that could result in abandonment or destruction of the nest shall be avoided until the young have fledged or the nest is unoccupied as determined by the Contractor’s biologist and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall prevent construction activity from displacing birds after they have laid their eggs and before the young have fledged. If the project continues into the following spring, this cycle shall be repeated. When work on the structure is complete, the Contractor shall remove and properly dispose of netting used on the structure. The taking of a migratory bird shall be reported to the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for all penalties levied by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) for the taking of a migratory bird.

(C) Work within Raptor Buffer Zones. The wildlife biologist shall conduct raptor nest surveys within 0.5 mile of the construction site prior to the start of construction and prior to each construction phase. This survey can be done with binoculars. If construction activities are located within the Colorado Parks and Wildlife (CPW) Recommended Buffer Zones and Seasonal Restrictions for Colorado Raptors as referenced in the 2008 CPW Recommended Buffer Zones and Seasonal Restrictions for Colorado Raptors, “NO WORK” zones shall be established around active sites during construction according to the CPW standards or as recommended by the wildlife biologist in consultation with the CPW. The “NO WORK” zone shall be marked with either fencing or signing. Work shall not proceed within a “NO WORK” zone until the wildlife biologist has determined that the young have fledged or the nest is unoccupied. Two raptor nests have been observed within proximity to the project. A ferruginous hawk nest is located to the northeast of the RidgeGate Parkway and I-25 Interchange. A red-tailed hawk nest is located southeast of the Lincoln Avenue and I-25 interchange near Cottonwood Creek.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

240.03 Wildlife Biologist will be full compensation for all work and materials required to complete the item, including wildlife biologist, wildlife survey, and documentation (record of nest location and protection method).

Clearing and grubbing will be measured and paid for in accordance with Section 201. Mowing will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Removal and trimming of trees will be measured and paid for in accordance with Section 202.

Fence needed to protect migratory birds and nests will be measured and paid for in accordance with Section 607.

BASIS OF PAYMENT

240.04 The accepted quantities measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below that appear in the bid schedule.

Pay Item Pay Unit Wildlife Biologist Hour Removal of Nests Hour

Page 67: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

65

REVISION OF SECTION 304 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE

Section 304 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 304.02 shall include the following: Materials for the base course shall be Aggregate Base Course (Class 6) as shown in subsection 703.03 The aggregate base course (Class 6) must meet the gradation requirements and have a resistance value of at least 78 when tested by the Hveem Stabilometer method.

Page 68: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

66

REVISION OF SECTIONS 401 AND 703 STONE MATRIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT

Sections 401 and 703 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 401.02 shall include the following: Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP) shall not be used in Stone Matrix Asphalt (SMA) mix. Subsection 401.09 shall include the following: Each SMA load shall be completely covered and securely fastened with a full tarp. Subsection 401.16 shall include the following: The SMA mixture shall be transported and placed on the roadway without drain-down or flushing. All flushed areas behind the paver shall be removed immediately upon discovery. If more than 50 square feet of flushed SMA pavement is ordered removed and replaced in any continuous 500 linear feet of paver width laydown, operations shall be discontinued until the source of the flushing has been found and corrected. The Engineer will designate the depth and area of all flushed areas requiring removal and replacement. All costs associated with the removal and replacement of the flushed areas shall be at the Contractor’s expense. Subsection 40.17 shall include the following: Rollers shall not be used in a vibratory mode on SMA unless they are first used successfully in the demonstration control strip specified in subsection 403.03. Pneumatic wheel rollers shall not be used on SMA mix. Stone Matrix Asphalt Pavement shall be placed and compacted in accordance with the temperatures listed in subsection 401.07 as revised for this project. The relative compaction for all SMA mixtures will be measured from roadway cores in accordance with CP 44, Method B, unless the SMA mixture is being placed on a structure (bridge deck) in which case the Engineer may specify that nuclear gauge measurements be used. When cores are used, the Contractor shall provide all labor and equipment for the coring operation and filling the core holes. When nuclear density gauges are used, the tests will be performed in accordance with CP 81 and CP 82. In-place density for SMA shall be 93 to 97 percent of the SMA mix maximum specific gravity as measured according to CP 51. Subsection 401.22 shall include the following: Acceptance, testing, and pay factors for SMA shall be in accordance with subsections 105.05 and 106.05 as revised for this project for Hot Mix Asphalt. The specifications for gradation acceptance shall be applied for all SMA placed on the project.

Page 69: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

67

-2- REVISION OF SECTIONS 401 AND 703

STONE MATRIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT Subsection 703.06 shall include the following: Mineral filler for the Stone Matrix Asphalt pavement shall be limestone dust and shall meet the requirements of this subsection and the following: Plasticity Index (AASHTO T90) 4% Maximum The Contractor shall submit hydrometer analysis (AASHTO T88) for the mineral filler used in the SMA mix.

Page 70: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

68

REVISION OF SECTION 403 HOT MIX ASPHALT

Section 403 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 403.02 shall include the following: The design mix for hot mix asphalt shall conform to the following: Table 403-1

Property Test Method

Value For Grading

S(100) Patching Air Voids, percent at: N (design)

CPL 5115 3.5 – 4.5 3.5 – 4.5

Lab Compaction (Revolutions): N (design)

CPL 5115 100 100

Stability, minimum CPL 5106 30 30

Aggregate Retained on the 4.75 mm (No. 4) Sieve with at least 2 Mechanically Induced fractured faces, % minimum

CP 45 70 70

Accelerated Moisture Susceptibility Tensile Strength Ratio (Lottman), minimum

CPL 5109 Method B

80 80

Minimum Dry Split Tensile Strength, kPa (psi)

CPL 5109 Method B

205 (30) 205 (30)

Grade of Asphalt Cement, Top Layer - PG 64-22

Grade of Asphalt Cement, Layers below Top

PG 64-22 PG 64-22

Voids in the Mineral Aggregate (VMA) % minimum

CP 48 See Table

403-2 See Table

403-2

Voids Filled with Asphalt (VFA), % AI MS-2 65-75 65-75

Dust to Asphalt Ratio Fine Gradation Coarse Gradation

CP 50 0.6 – 1.2 0.8 – 1.6

0.6 – 1.2 0.8 – 1.6

Note: AI MS-2 = Asphalt Institute Manual Series 2 Note: The current version of CPL 5115 is available from the Region Materials Engineer. Note: Mixes with gradations having less than 40% passing the 4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve shall be

approached with caution because of constructability problems. Note: Gradations for mixes with a nominal maximum aggregate size of one-inch or larger are

considered a coarse gradation if they pass below the maximum density line at the #4 screen. Gradations for mixes with a nominal maximum aggregate size of ¾ inch or smaller are

considered a coarse gradation if they pass below the maximum density line at the #8 screen. All mix designs shall be run with a gyratory compaction angle of 1.25 degrees and properties must satisfy Table 403-1. Form 43 will establish construction targets for Asphalt Cement and all mix properties at Air Voids up to 1.0 percent below the mix design optimum.

Page 71: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

69

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 403

HOT MIX ASPHALT

Table 403-2

Minimum Voids in the Mineral Aggregate (VMA)

Nominal Maximum Size*,

mm (inches)

***Design Air Voids **

3.5% 4.0% 4.5%

37.5 (1½) 11.6 11.7 11.8

25.0 (1) 12.6 12.7 12.8

19.0 (¾) 13.6 13.7 13.8

12.5 (½) 14.6 14.7 14.8

9.5 (⅜) 15.6 15.7 15.8

* The Nominal Maximum Size is defined as one sieve larger than the first sieve to retain more than 10%.

** Interpolate specified VMA values for design air voids between those listed. *** Extrapolate specified VMA values for production air voids beyond those listed.

The Contractor shall prepare a quality control plan outlining the steps taken to minimize segregation of HMA. This plan shall be submitted to the Engineer and approved prior to beginning the paving operations. When the Engineer determines that segregation is unacceptable, the paving shall stop and the cause of segregation shall be corrected before paving operations will be allowed to resume. Hot mix asphalt for patching shall conform to the gradation requirements for Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S). A minimum of 1 percent hydrated lime by weight of the combined aggregate shall be added to the aggregate for all hot mix asphalt. Acceptance samples shall be taken as approved by the Engineer. Subsection 403.03 shall include the following: Delete subsection 403.05 and replace with the following: 403.05 The accepted quantities of hot mix asphalt will be paid for in accordance with subsection 401.22,

at the contract unit price per ton for the bituminous mixture. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S)(100)(PG 64-22) Ton Hot Mix Asphalt (Patching)(Asphalt) Ton

Page 72: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

70

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 403

HOT MIX ASPHALT Aggregate, asphalt recycling agent, additives, hydrated lime, and all other work necessary to complete each hot mix asphalt item will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the unit price bid. When the pay item includes the PG binder grade, the asphalt cement will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. When the pay item does not include the PG binder grade, asphalt cement will be measured and paid for in accordance with Section 411. Asphalt cement used in Hot Mix Asphalt (Patching) will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Excavation, preparation, and tack coat of areas to be patched will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.

Page 73: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

71

REVISION OF SECTION 403 HOT MIX ASPHALT TICKET COLLECTION

Section 403 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 403.05 shall include the following:

The Contractor shall collect the scale ticket on each load when it is delivered to the project site, and ensure that the information required in subsection 109.01 is shown on each ticket:.

The scale tickets shall be available on site for CDOT personnel to inspect. Each day the Contractor shall provide to the Engineer envelopes which contain the previous day’s signed tickets and the following:

1. On each envelope: Project number, date of paving, type of material, daily total and cumulative total.

2. One of the following:

A. Two adding machine tape tabulations of the weight tickets with corresponding totals run and signed by different persons,

B. One signed adding machine tape tabulation of the weight tickets that has been checked and signed by a second person,

C. Signed check tape of computer scale tickets that have a cumulative total. These scale tickets must be consecutive and without voids adjustments.

3. A listing of any overweight loads on the envelope, including ticket numbers and amount over legal

limit. 4. A comparison of the actual yield for each day’s placement to the theoretical yield. Theoretical yield

shall be based on the actual area paved, the planned thickness, and the actual density of the mixture being placed. Any variance greater than +2.5% shall be indicated on the envelope and a written explanation included.

The Contractor shall provide a vehicle identification sheet that contains the following information for each vehicle: (1) Vehicle number (2) Length (3) Tare weight (4) Number of axles (5) Distance between extreme axles (6) All other information required to determine legal weight. (7) Legal weight limit.

Page 74: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

72

REVISION OF SECTION 403 STONE MATRIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT

Section 403 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 403.01 shall include the following: This work includes placing a Stone Matrix Asphalt (SMA) pavement as shown on the plans. Subsection 403.02 shall include the following: The SMA gradation for this project shall be ½ inch. Mixture design and field control testing of SMA shall be performed using either the SuperPave (CPL 5115, 100 Gyrations) or the Marshall Method (AASHTO T245, 50 Blow). A minimum of two weeks prior to the proposed use of any Stone Matrix Asphalt pavement on the project, a pre-paving conference will be conducted. At that time, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, a mix design meeting the appropriate specification requirements for one of the following: The SuperPave SMA mix design shall conform to the requirements of Table 403-1a:

Table 403-1a Property Test Method Value for SMA

Air Voids, percent at: N(Design) CPL 5115 3.0 – 4.0 Lab compaction (Revolutions) N(Design)

CPL 5115 100

Accelerated Moisture Susceptibility, tensile strength Ratio, (Lottman), minimum

CPL 5109, Method B

70

Minimum Dry Split Tensile Strength, psi CPL 5109, Method B

30

Grade of Asphalt Cement PG 76-28 Voids in the Mineral Aggregate (VMA) %, minimum CP 48 17

Draindown at Production Temperature AASHTO

T305 0.3 maximum

% VCA1MIX

AASHTO R 46

Less than VCADRC

2 Note: The current version of CPL 5115 is available from the Region Materials Engineer Note: Copies of AASHTO R 46 and M 325 can be obtained from the Region Materials Engineer Note: 1Voids in the Coarse Aggregate Note: 2Dry-rodded condition

Form 43 will establish construction targets for asphalt cement and all mix properties at air voids up to 1.0 percent below the mix design optimum.

Page 75: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

73

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 403

STONE MATRIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT The Marshall SMA mix design shall conform to the following:

Mix Properties Value Stability, Marshall Compactor 1400 lbs., min % Voids in Total Mix 3 – 4% VMA (% Voids in the Mineral Aggregate) 17 min. Lottman, CPL 5109, Method B 70% min Dry Tensile Strength, (CPL 5109) 30 psi, min.

Regardless of mix design method, a minimum of 1 percent hydrated lime by weight of the combined aggregate shall be added to the aggregate for all Stone Matrix Asphalt. The SMA Mix design must be approved by the Engineer before any pavement is placed on the project. In addition, the Contractor shall provide field control testing during production of the SMA mix and for the demonstration control strip. The Contractor shall perform the following tests and provide the results to the Engineer during production: If a SuperPave SMA mix design is used, the Contractor shall perform the following tests and provide the results to the Engineer during production:

Superpave Mix Property Frequency

Draindown (AASHTO T 305) 1/1000 tons or fraction thereof Percent Voids in the total mix @ N(design) 1/1000 tons or fraction thereof VMA (Percent Voids in the Mineral Aggregate) @ N(design) 1/1000 tons or fraction thereof Lottman, CPL 5109, Method B 1/5000 tons or fraction thereof Dry Tensile Strength, CPL 5109 1/5000 tons or fraction thereof Percent AC & Aggregate Gradation CP 5120 1/1000 tons or fraction thereof

If a Marshall SMA mix design is used, the Contractor shall perform the following tests and provide the results to the Engineer during production:

Marshall Mix Property Frequency Draindown (AASHTO T 305) 1/1000 tons or fraction thereof Stability (Marshall) 1/1000 tons or fraction thereof Percent Voids in the total mix 1/1000 tons or fraction thereof VMA (Percent Voids in the Mineral Aggregate) 1/1000 tons or fraction thereof Lottman, CPL 5109, Method B 1/5000 tons or fraction thereof Dry Tensile Strength, CPL 5109 1/5000 tons or fraction thereof Percent AC & Aggregate Gradation CP 5120 1/1000 tons or fraction thereof

Page 76: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

74

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 403

STONE MATRIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT Subsection 403.03 shall include the following: The mineral filler for SMA shall be stored in a separate silo and added automatically in the correct proportion. The mineral filler addition equipment shall be electronically or mechanically interlocked to the aggregate feed sensors so that the proper amount of mineral filler is added whenever SMA is produced. The SMA mineral filler shall be added at the same point the asphalt cement is added to the aggregate. Tack coat between the existing pavement and Stone Matrix Asphalt pavement shall be placed at a rate between 0.03 and 0.05 gallons per square yard. Before proceeding with SMA placement, the Contractor shall demonstrate the ability to produce and place a satisfactory mix in a Demonstration Control Strip (DCS). The Contractor will coordinate with the Engineer on the proposed location of the DCS. The DCS shall consist of a minimum quantity of 500 tons placed in one lane, full width. Within the last 200 tons of SMA placed in the DCS, the Contractor and CDOT shall determine properties (VMA, Voids, in-place density, AC content, gradation, and Marshall Stability, if required) of the project produced SMA mix used in the DCS and provide the results to the Engineer. The Contractor may proceed with full production if all mixture properties are within the specified tolerances. To determine the in-place density and roller pattern, one core shall be taken at three random locations within the last 200 tons of the DCS. The Engineer will determine the coring locations using a stratified random sampling process. The cores shall be immediately submitted to the Engineer and will be used for determining acceptance of the DCS. Densities of the random samples will be determined by cores according to CP 44. Coring shall be performed by the contractor under CDOT observation. Coring will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work. The DCS will be designated as a separate process. Payment for the DCS will be made in accordance with Subsection 105.05, Conformity to the Contract of Hot Mix Asphalt. Subsection 403.04 shall include the following: Stone Matrix Asphalt will be measured by the actual number of tons that are completed and accepted. Subsection 403.05 shall include the following:

Pay Item Pay Unit Stone Matrix Asphalt (Fibers) (Asphalt) Ton

Mix design, furnishing, hauling, preparing, and placing all materials, including aggregates, asphalt cement, limestone dust, hydrated lime, tack coat, and approved demonstration control strip; labor, equipment tools, setting of lines and guides where specified, and all other work necessary to complete the item will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the work.

Page 77: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

75

REVISION OF SECTION 412 TIE BAR INSPECTION

Section 412 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 412.13(b) 1 shall include the following: If tie bars are inserted into plastic concrete with a tie bar insertion machine, tie bar location and concrete consolidation shall be subject to the following additional requirements:

Each 2500 linear feet of longitudinal weakened plane joint resulting from the procedure shall have one random location cored where the core intercepts an inserted tie bar. The core shall be six-inch diameter taken in the presence of the Engineer. If non-consolidated concrete is evident above the inserted tie bar, the Contractor shall cease paving operations and submit a corrective action plan in writing for approval. Correction of the joint and further paving shall take place only after written approval of the corrective action plan has been provided by the Engineer. Additional coring may be required, as directed by the Engineer. Coring operations, including patching, shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

Further failure to consolidate the concrete over the tie-bars will be justification to preclude the use of automatic tie-bar insertion for the remainder of the project.

Page 78: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

76

REVISION OF SECTION 601 CUT STONE VENEER

Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby amended for this project as follows:

DESCRIPTION Subsection 601.01 shall include the following: This work consists of furnishing and installing native sandstone masonry veneer on the retaining wall along the multi-use trail just north of Lincoln Avenue (northeast of interchange with I-25), in accordance with these specifications, and in conformity with the details shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. Subsection 601.03 shall include the following: Materials for Stone Veneer shall beet the following requirements: Masonry Cement ASTM C91 Portland Cement ASTM C150 Masonry Mortar (Type N) ASTM C270 The masonry pattern is a random rubble, un-coursed, evenly distributed sizes and colors. Color: Mix of Beight/Buff/Sand Stone veneer shall be nominally 4-inch in depth. All stones used in the wall shall be hard dense, sound and free from reeds, rifts, seams, laminations and minerals which would cause discoloration or deterioration from weathering. Flaking or fragmental stone will not be permitted. Stone furnished by the Contractor shall be 100% native sandstone. Stone must be a durable weather resistant variety that is firm enough to be shaped and dressed in the field or quarry to achieve the patterns and configurations shown on the plans. Lengths of stone shall vary from 4 to 16 inches in length. The percentage of stone height shall vary as follows: 20% less than 2 inches thick, vertical dimension 40% 2-4 inches thickness 40% 4-8 inches thickness Create an ashlar pattern with stones of coursing dimensions, with majority of stones laid along their long dimensions. Snap cut stone is preferred. Mortar joints shall be 3/8 inch wide, and recessed. Mortar color is medium gray. Surface relief variation is 2 inches. Mix proportions for Mortar. Masonry cement shall conform to the requirements of either Section 701 (AASHTO M 91) or Section 704 (AASHTO M 150).

Page 79: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

77

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 601

CUT STONE VENEER Aggregate for masonry mortar shall conform to the requirements of Section 704 (AASHTO M 45). The proportions of cement and sand for the mortar shall be one part cement to three parts sand. Mortar sand shall be measured in a damp loose condition. Masonry mortar may be mixed by any means that assures a uniform mix of all components. The mix shall be protected from direct sunlight and precipitation. Submittals. The Contractor shall erect a 3 ft. x 4 ft. test panel at the job site, at a location directed by the Engineer. The sample panel shall illustrate the field pattern of stone, field cutting of units where required, and the color and tooling of mortar joints. Masonry pattern shall be an uncoursed random ashlar similar to other walls in the vicinity of the Meridian Business Park. Stone sized and colors shall be evenly distributed over the wall faces. Details of stone facing and attachment should be demonstrated or provided for compliance as part of the test panel. Subsection 601.14 shall include the following: Concrete surfaces to receive native stone veneer shall be thoroughly examined to ensure that the surface contains no releasing agents (form oil). If it does contain release agents, the surface shall be etched with muriatic acid, and rinsed thoroughly using high pressure water. Mortar and other moisture- sensitive materials shall be stored in protected enclosures; and handled by methods which avoid exposure to moisture. The Contractor shall protect materials from rain, moisture, and freezing temperatures prior to, during, and for 48 hours after completion of work. Masonry mortar ingredients shall be thoroughly mixed, in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C270, Type N. Anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of the mortar shall not be used. Subsection 601.19 shall include the following: Cut Stone Veneer will be measured by the square foot, for each thickness, as shown on the plans. Payment will be full compensation for all labor, materials, and incidentals required to complete the installation. Subsection 601.20 shall include the following: The accepted quantity of Cut Stone Veneer will be paid for at the contract unit price for the pay item listed below:

Pay Item Pay Unit Cut Stone Veneer Square Foot

Page 80: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

78

REVISION OF SECTIONS 601 AND 708 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE STAIN

Sections 601 and 708 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 601.01 shall include the following: This work consists of: (1) Class 2 surface finish of concrete elements constructed under this Contract and designated to receive Structural Concrete Stain; (2) providing and applying an opaque Structural Concrete Stain to all concrete surfaces designated in the Contract Plans to receive a Structure Concrete Stain and (3) provide 5-gallons of pre-mixed touch-up stain in aerosol spray cans. The color of the Structural Concrete Stain shall be as noted on the plans, and shall be approved by the Engineer from test panels provided by the Contractor. Subsection 601.03 shall include the following: Structural Concrete Stain 708.08 Subsection 601.09(f) shall include the following: All concrete forms shall be treated with a water based concrete form release agent prior to placing reinforcement for surfaces to which Structural Concrete Stain is to be applied. In Subsection 601.14 (a) delete the third paragraph and replace with the following: Structural Concrete Stain shall be the final finish for all concrete surfaces designated on the plans and in these specifications, prior to application of the Structural Concrete Coating (Anti-Graffiti). Delete Subsection 601.14(b)4 and replace with the following: Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the Structural Concrete Stain shall be applied to all exposed concrete elements of the structure above the ground line, and shall extend 1-foot below the finished ground line. Bridge bearing devices, curb and barrier cover plates, fence, and steel bridge rail shall be masked or otherwise protected to prevent structural concrete coating from coming into contact with them. The color of the Structural Concrete Stain shall have the written approval of the Engineer prior to final batching and application on the project. The final color of the approved Structural Concrete Stain shall be determined as follows:

(1) Two (2) foot by two (2) foot samples of the colors required by the Contract, shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The Stain samples shall be applied to a surface similar in texture to the concrete surface on which the Stain will be applied on the project. The Stain samples shall be applied by the same methods to be used in field application.

(2) At least three weeks prior to beginning of the application of the Structural Concrete Stain, one

hundred (100) square foot test panel shall be prepared for the final color approval by the Engineer. The test panel shall be produced on the actual concrete surface on which the final product will be placed, at a location designated by the Engineer. The Stain shall be applied to the test panel by the same methods to be used in the final field application. The Engineer shall be allowed one week after application to the test panel for final review and approval.

Page 81: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

79

-2- REVISION OF SECTIONS 601 AND 708

STRUCTURAL CONCRETE STAIN

Existing concrete designated to receive Structural Concrete Stain shall be cleaned by water blasting at a minimum pressure of 3,000 psi and at a rate of 4 to 14 gallons/minute, to remove dust, dirt, and other materials that would inhibit bonding of the coating. If the surface is contaminated before application of the coating, it shall be recleaned as required prior to application of the coating. For concrete construction in this Contract, finishing and curing shall be completed in accordance with the specification prior to the application of the Stain. The concrete finish to which the Structural Concrete Stain is to be applied shall be a Class 2 Finish, except as modified below:

(1) Following curing of the concrete in accordance with Subsection 601.13, all projections and bulges shall be removed and the surface sandblasted. Sandblasting shall profile the concrete surface, remove all form release agents, and all other deleterious materials that would inhibit the bond of the Structural Concrete Stain. The profile of the sandblasted concrete surface shall be equivalent to Concrete Surface Profile Three (CSP 3) as defined in Technical Guideline No. 03732, “ Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, and Polymer Overlays” by the International Concrete Repair Institute. The Contractor shall provide a CSP 3 chip for use on the project.

(2) A mortar mix, proportioned by volume, consisting of one part Portland cement, two to three parts

sand (conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 144), and an approved bonding agent shall be used to patch all holes produced by form ties, honeycombing, voids 1/2 inch or larger in any dimension, broken corners and edges, and other defects. The mortar mix shall include an approved bonding agent. The quantity and application procedure of the bonding agent shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the bonding agent. Areas to be patched shall be moistened with water before the mortar is applied, and the patched area shall be float finished and left flush with the concrete surface without checking or cracking of patches. Patching shall be done when the ambient temperature is at least 40°F. Holes deeper than 3/4 inch shall be filled in layers that does not exceed 1/2 inch in thickness.

(3) Within 24 hours prior to applying Structural Concrete Stain, the concrete surface to be coated

shall be cleaned by water blasting at a minimum pressure of 3,000 psi and at a rate of 4 to 14 gallons/minute, to remove dust, dirt, and other materials that would inhibit bonding of the coating. If the surface is contaminated before application of the coating, it shall be recleaned as required prior to application of the coating.

New concrete shall be at least 28 days old or as approved in writing by the coating manufacturer before the Stain is applied. Two coats of Stain shall be applied. Each coat shall be applied at a rate of 200 to 250 square feet per gallon. (Approximately 3 mils dry film thickness.) The second coat shall not be applied until at least 12-hours after the application of the first coat. If the surface is contaminated between coats it shall be recleaned as stated above prior to application of the next coat. The Stain shall be mixed mechanically and applied by spraying. Workmanship shall be such that the final stained surface is colored uniformly and presents a pleasing appearance. Any areas determined by the Engineer to be insufficiently stained shall be restained.

Page 82: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

80

-3- REVISION OF SECTIONS 601 AND 708

STRUCTURAL CONCRETE STAIN The Stain shall be applied only when the ambient temperature is between 50°F and 90°F, and is anticipated to remain above 40°F for a minimum of twenty-four hours. Stain shall not be applied in windy or wet conditions or when rain or snow is expected within 24 hours. The surface to be stained shall be dry and free of frost. Subsection 601.18 shall include the following: Structural Concrete Stain will not be remeasured but shall be the quantity shown on the plans; except that measurements will be made when field changes are ordered, or for an error of plus or minus five percent of the plan quantity. Subsection 601.19 shall include the following: The accepted quantities of Structural Concrete Stain will be paid for at the contract unit price per unit of measurement for the Pay Items listed below. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit

Structural Concrete Stain Square Yard Payment shall be full compensation for all work necessary to complete the item and shall include, but not limited to:

(1) Water based form release agent. (2) Sample preparation, and test panels. (3) High pressure water blasting, including detergents. (4) Abrasive blasting. (5) Structural Concrete Stain and application. (6) Test Panels. (7) Structural Concrete Stain for Test Panels.

Subsection 708.08 shall include the following: 708.08 Structural Concrete Stain: The stain shall be water-based acrylic microemulsionsiloxane solution containing not less than 15 percent solids by volume and not more than 210g/L VOC, or equal with Engineer’s written approval. All stain must be delivered to the project site in sealed containers bearing the manufacturer’s original labels. A material safety data sheet (MSDS) prepared in accordance with Federal Standard 313 and a complete set of manufacturers mixing and application instructions shall be submitted to the Engineer before the Contractor begins applying the Stain.

Page 83: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

81

REVISION OF SECTION 603 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE

Section 603 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 603.02 shall include the following: Reinforced concrete pipe shall be manufactured from concrete that meets the requirements for severity of sulfate exposure Class 2 specified in subsection 601.04.

Page 84: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

82

REVISION OF SECTION 605 SUBSURFACE DRAINS

Sections 605 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 605.02 shall include the following: Pipe Underdrain Cleanouts. Pipe underdrain cleanouts shall be Neenah R 5901-B, Deeter 1810, Alhambra Foundry A-2022 or approved equal. Perforated pipe underdrain shall be plastic pipe and meet the requirements specified in subsection 712.11 and 712.13. All polyethylene pipe shall be dual walled. All fittings shall not be perforated and made from the same material as the pipe. All joints shall be gasketed and installed per manufacturer’s recommendations. Delete subsection 605.03, third paragraph, sentence 1 and replace with the following: After the pipe installation has been inspected and approved, the designated filter material shall be placed to a height of 8 inches minimum above the top of pipe. Subsection 605.07 shall include the following: Perforated pipe underdrain shall include all underdrain cleanouts including applicable riser pipe, fittings, and concrete to its connection to the pipe underdrain as shown on the plans.

Page 85: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

83

REVISION OF SECTION 607 SCREEN WALL

Section 607 is hereby added to the Standard Specifications for this project as follows:

DESCRIPTION Subsection 607.01 General. This work consists of the construction of a stone landscape screen wall in accordance with these specifications, and in conformity with the design, lines and grades shown on the plans or established. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment and perform all operations necessary to install sandstone wall as indicated on the drawings. Submittals. The following shall be submitted for the Work in this Section: (a) Certificate for source of sandstone. Sandstone shall be Colorado Buff Sandstone from one source. (b) Stone Samples for Verification. Sets for sandstone. Include 2 or more Samples in each set showing

the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. Do not order materials or begin construction until submittals have been approved.

(c) Submit mix design for stone Masonry mortar. Submit certificates signed by manufacturer and

contractor, including manufacture’s name, brand and type certifying that each different cement product required for mortar complies with the requirements specified on the drawings and herein.

(d) Qualification Data. For firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance” Article to

demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

Quality Assurance. (a) Definition of terms. All sandstone used in the project, and referred to herein, shall be Colorado Buff

Sandstone. (b) Installer Qualifications. The firm that is employed to construct the sandstone wall shall be

customarily employed in the landscape stone masonry industry. Prior to beginning construction of the walls, the Contractor must demonstrate to the Owner’s Representative that the firm has at least four years of previous experience constructing stone walls and has completed at least five generally similar projects. The firm shall employ skilled labor with a working knowledge of stone masonry techniques. Journeyman or lead mason must have a minimum experience of 3 years. The Owner’s representative reserves the right to reject the Contractor’s masonry personnel or stone work subcontractor based on these experiences and skill requirements. If rejected, the Contractor shall obtain personnel and/or a subcontractor having qualifications acceptable to the Owner’s Representative. No adjustments in prices or completion time will be allowed due to changes in personnel or delays in obtaining satisfactory personnel or subcontractor.

(c) Contractor shall guarantee their respective work against defective materials or faulty workmanship

for a period of 5 years. (d) Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality for each

cementitious component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer.

Page 86: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

84

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 607

SCREEN WALL Delivery, Storage and Handling. (a) Deliver materials to Project site in undamaged condition. (b) Store and handle stone and related materials to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture,

temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, breaking, chipping, or other causes. (c) Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location. (d) Material showing evidence of water or other damage is subject to rejection. Project Conditions. (a) Protection of Stone Masonry Veneer: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with

waterproof sheeting at the end of each day’s work. Cover partially completed stone masonry veneer when construction is not in progress.

(b) Stain Prevention: Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil to prevent them from staining the face

of stone masonry veneer. (c) Cold Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or

frost. Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace stone masonry damaged by frost or freezing conditions.

MATERIALS

Subsection 504.02 shall include the following:

(a) Wall Stone. Sandstone used shall be solid, hard, dense, sound, durable, and free from cracks, overburden, thin slab stones, steel (or other foreign embedments), flaking rock, and organic matter. Upon delivering the stone to the site, Owner’s Representative will examine the stone and may reject any determined to be damaged or scratched on the desired exposed faces. This damaged stone shall be removed from the site at the Contractor’s expense. Shape stone for split-bed, random range ashlar with random course heights and random lengths (interrupted coursed).

(b) Sandstone Wall Capstone. Cut stone to produce pieces of 3 inch depth, and shape indicated in drawings for stone faces, beds, edges and backs. Clean sawn backs of stone to remove rust stains and iron particles.

(c) Sample Panel for Wall Stone and Capstone. Prior to delivery and installation of stone work, provide sample wall panel 8' long, with proposed range of size, color, texture and workmanship to be expected in completed Work. Sample panels shall include typical stone cap as shown on retaining wall drawings. Sample panels shall include typical column. Build sample panel on site, as directed, using stone, anchors and jointing, as shown and specified.

Obtain Project Manger’s review and approval of sample panels before start of stone work. Replace unsatisfactory sample panel work, as directed, until acceptable to Engineer. Retain sample panels during construction as a standard for judging completed stone work. Do not alter, move or destroy sample panel until work is completed and approved by Project Manager. Demolish and remove sample panel after approval by Project Manager.

Page 87: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

85

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 607

SCREEN WALL

(d) Masonry Mortar Mix.

Portland Cement: Conform to ASTM C150, Type 1, except use Type III for cold weather construction.

Hydrated Lime: Conform to ASTM Type S.

Aggregates for Mortar: Conform to ASTM C144.

Water: clean, potable, and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis or organic material.

Fly Ash and Masonry Cement not allowed.

(e) Non – Shrink, Non-Metallic Grout or Dry-pack.

Grout shall conform to ASTM C1107 Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non-shrink) and CRD-C-621-80, Corps of Engineers Specification for Non-Shrink Grout. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for exterior applications of the types specified herein or indicated on the drawings.

Provide grout which shows zero percent (0%) shrinkage and not more than 0.02% expansion after 28 days, as determined by CRD C-621.

Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: Subject to compliance with requirements specified herein, acceptable products include but are not limited to the following:

Burke Corporation “Non-Ferrous Non-Shrink Grout” Euclid Chemical Company “Euco NS”

Five Star Products, Inc., U.S. Grout Division “Five Star Grout” L&M Chemicals “Crystex” Master Builders “Master Flow 713” U.S. Grout Corporation “Five Star Grout” Or approved Equivalent

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 504.03 shall be added as follows: Substrate Preparation.

(a) Prior to beginning construction of the sandstone walls, the walls shall be staked for horizontal and vertical locations at intervals not exceeding 10feet. The Owner’s Representative will review those locations and order changes if appropriate.

(b) In excavated areas where subgrade was previously undisturbed, no further compaction will normally be required. However, if the subgrade is disturbed, compactor shall compact the subgrade to 95% minimum density.

(c) All earthwork that affects or is affected by the seat shall be placed and compacted in accordance

with the plans and specifications prior to beginning excavation for the seat walls.

Page 88: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

86

-4- REVISION OF SECTION 607

SCREEN WALL

(d) After completion of the wall, the backfill at the toe or front of the walls shall be placed and compacted in accordance with Sections 02200 and 02220. The upper 6 inches of the wall backfill shall be relatively impervious on site soil, compacted to at least 85 percent of modified Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557), to prevent surface water infiltration into the backfill. The toe of the wall shall be protected from erosion, rutting, and loss of compaction for a minimum of eight feet. Slope of fill behind the wall shall not exceed 3:1.

Sandstone Wall.

(a) Clean all stone prior to setting. Material shall be free of dirt, stains and ice.

(b) Sandstone walls shall be constructed according drawings. Coursing of stone shall be split-bed, random-range ashlar with random course heights and random lengths (interrupted coursed).

(c) Employ skilled stone fitters at the Project site to do necessary field cutting as stone is set. Use

power saws to cut stone. Produce lines cut straight and true, with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping.

1. Arrange stones for good fit with joint widths within tolerances indicated, and to provide

offset between vertical joints. 2. Arrange stones for uniformity of appearance, with color and size variations uniformly

dispersed for an evenly blended appearance. No chinking with small stones. 3. Maintain uniform joint widths, ¼ to ½ inch. 4. Place weep holes in joints where moisture may accumulate.

(d) After completion the work shall be carefully cleaned, removing all dirt, stains and other

defacements. Wool may be used to clean, but the use of wire brushes or of acid or other solutions, which may cause discoloration, is expressly prohibited.

Clean Up. Upon completion of work, remove from the premises all surplus materials, tools, equipment, rubbish, debris, and rejected stone resulting from the work. Repair/Protection.

(a) During the construction and guarantee period, the contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any wall deterioration or failure and any adjacent public or private property damages related to the malfunction of the walls. The Contractor shall repair such damages to the Owner’s satisfaction at no additional cost to the Owner.

(b) All work in progress shall be protected at all times during construction.

Page 89: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

87

-5- REVISION OF SECTION 607

SCREEN WALL

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The quantity of screen wall will be measured by the number of linear feet installed and accepted.

BASIS OF PAYMENT The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for installed screen wall. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Screen Wall Linear Foot

Page 90: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

88

REVISION OF SECTION 612 LOCATION MARKERS

Section 612 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:

DESCRIPTION Contractor shall furnish and install location markers for identifying fiber optic cable and other utilities at locations shown on the plans.

MATERIAL

Location Marker (Fiber Optic) (Dome) shall be made of non-conductive high-density polymer, and shall be integrally white in color with an orange cap. All colors shall be stabilized against ultraviolet light such that they will not fade under continuous exposure to direct sunlight. The marker shall retain dimensional stability in temperatures ranging between -40º F and 175º F. In some instances when markers are installed on National Forest Service Lands the fiber optic marker shall be brown in color. Location Marker (Utility) (Flat Slat) shall be made of fiberglass reinforced composite, and shall orange in color. The marker shall retain dimensional stability in temperatures ranging between -40º F and 175º F. In some instances when markers are installed on National Forest Service Lands the fiber optic marker shall be brown in color. Concrete footing for dome marker shall be 18 x 18 x 12 inches per project detail. Concrete footing shall be Concrete Class B and shall be in accordance with Section 601. Location Marker Electronic (Ball) shall be a Full Range Electronic Marker Ball operating at the frequency of 101.4 kHz for communication line locating. The electronic marker ball shall be compatible with a Dynatel cable locator. These electronic markers shall be installed within 12 inches of the lid of said pull box, manhole or open trench. Electronic Markers may be fabricated into the pull box or manhole.

CONSTRUCTION Location Marker (Fiber Optic) (Dome) shall be installed at appropriate Pull Box and Manhole (TMS) locations as shown on the plans to identify both the backbone fiber cable and lateral fiber cable. To additionally designate the fiber cable, intermediate markers shall be installed at 1000-foot spacing along the running line. The marker shall include a label with CDOT contact information and the designation of “FIBER OPTIC CABLE”. The label shall have black lettering on an orange background. The label shall include the highway milepost of the Pull Box or Manhole (TMS). The mile post shall be to the nearest hundredth. This label shall be placed below the “FIBER OPTIC CABLE” warning label. In some instances when markers are installed on Forest Service Lands the dome marker label shall have black letting on a brown background. The Contractor shall provide the label submittal to the Project Engineer.

Location Marker (Utility) (Flat Slat) shall be installed at utility pull box/manhole locations and utility point of service to identify both electric and telephone communication lines. Contractor shall designate the utility line with a marker installed mid-point between the utility point of service and the device.

Page 91: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

89

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 612

LOCATION MARKERS

The markers shall include a label with CDOT contact information and the designation of “ELECTRICAL CABLE” or “TELEPHONE CABLE”. The label shall have black lettering on an orange background. In some instances when markers are installed on Forest Service Lands the flat marker label shall have black letting on a brown background. The Contractor shall provide the label submittal to the Project Engineer. Location Marker Electronic (Ball) shall be installed inside each pull box, manhole or open trench at locations shown on the plan sheets. The Marker Ball shall be securely positioned for optimal output and prevent accidental removal. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with three copies of detailed As-Built drawings showing the installed locations of all markers and the associated utilities. These drawings shall include but not be limited to the following: (1) Type of location marker installed (2) Distances between location markers (3) Distances between pull boxes and manholes to ITS devices (4) The distance and location to each CDOT utility point of service connection source point which the

local utility companies have provided, including electrical power, transformer source, and telephone pedestals.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Location markers, labels and footing will be measured by the actual number of markers that are placed and accepted.

METHOD OF PAYMENT

Pay Item Pay Unit Location Marker (Fiber Optic) (Dome) Each Location Marker (Utility) (Flat Slat) Each

Payment will be full compensation for all work, materials and equipment required to place the markers at the locations shown on the plans, including excavation, backfill, and patching. Concrete for footing will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the Marker.

Page 92: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

90

REVISION OF SECTION 613 ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION

Section 613 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Section 613.08 shall include the following:

All electrical conductors shall be tagged as follows:

Electrical conductor cable tags shall be located below the termination in the base of the street light, in the pull box, in the pedestal and at the point of termination to existing facilities of the Local Utility Company supplying electrical service. The tags shall be attached with a cable tie. The information written on the tag shall include the direction and approximate length of cable feeds running from where to, etc.

Each incoming conductor shall be individually color coded with 1 tape mark, while outgoing conductors shall have 2 tape marks.

Example:

Uniform tags are available in a Tag Kit. The Tag Kit consists of: 100 tags, 3 part yellow with 1 hole, 100 black nylon ties and 1 black sharpie pen. Size 2-1/2" X 5" Standard Package Kit Weight, Kit, Approx. 1.5 Pounds Color Yellow

Electrical conductor tagging will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of the Electrical Conduit and all associated equipment installation.

FEEDS TO PULL BOX 50' NORTH & 75' WEST THEN TO HIGHWAY SIGN

250' SOUTH & 75' EAST 200' WEST

FEEDS FROM XFMR

Page 93: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

91

REVISION OF SECTION 613 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT

Section 613 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:

DESCRIPTION

This work includes furnishing and installing either (HDPE) High Density Polyurethane or PVC electrical conduit. All materials furnished, assembled, fabricated and installed under this item shall be new, corrosion resistant and in strict accordance with the plan sheets and these Special Provisions.

MATERIALS All conduits shall be Schedule 80 in the diameters, quantities and colors as shown on the project detail sheet and shall be compliant with all ASTM and Bellcore TW-NWT-000356 requirements. All HDPE conduit shall be factory lubricated, low friction, high-density conduit constructed of virgin high-density polyethylene resin. Conduit shall be capable of being coiled on reels in continuous lengths, transported, stored outdoors, and subsequently uncoiled for installation, without affecting its properties or performance. PVC conduit shall be certified by the manufacturer as meeting ANSI/UL 6 and 651. The manufacturer shall be ISO 9000 compliant.

CONSTRUCTION Electrical Conduit (Bored) shall be HDPE and installed using a trenchless technology of either jacked conduit or directional boring. Electrical Conduit (Plastic) shall be PVC or HDPE and installed by direct burial methods such as plowing, open trenching, or other excavation methods. When PVC is used, expansion fittings shall be installed at 100’ intervals. One conduit per bundle shall have a copper tracer wire of at least 12-gauge in a single conduit. In trenches containing multiple conduits, the tracer wire shall not be installed in the same conduit as the fiber. Each individual conduit shall be equipped with a pull tape of 1250 pounds tensile strength and be of a design to prevent cutting or burning of conduit walls during cable installation.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The installation of conduit shall be performed in such a manner as to avoid unnecessary damage to streets, sidewalks, utilities, landscaping, and sprinkler systems. Excavations and conduit installation shall be performed in a continuous operation. All trenches shall be backfilled by the end work day. The material from trenching operations shall be placed in a location that will not cause damage or obstruction to vehicular or pedestrian traffic or interfere with surface drainage. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to avoid heaving any existing asphalt/concrete mat or over-excavating a trench, whether caused by equipment directly or by dislodging rocks and boulders. Any such heaving or over-excavation shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall bear the cost of backfilling all over-excavated areas with the appropriate backfill material as approved by the project engineer.

Page 94: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

92

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 613

ELECTRICAL CONDUIT

The Contractor shall restore all surface materials to their preconstruction condition, including but not limited to pavement, sidewalks, sprinkler systems, landscaping, shrubs, sod, or native vegetation that is disturbed by the conduit installation operation. All repairs shall be included in the cost of the conduit. If the Contractor is unable to bore the conduit at the lengths shown on the plans from access point to access point, all splice couplings and associated work to splice conduit shall be included in the cost of this item. The coupling technology shall allow the conduit to be connected without the need for special tools, and shall form a watertight, airtight seal. Breaking force between segments shall exceed 250 pounds of force. No metal fittings shall be allowed. No elevation difference between the conduit run and the splice location will be allowed. Conduit splices shall be kept to a minimum and all locations shall be approved by the project engineer. Additional pull boxes shall not be substituted for splices. Conduit plugs shall be supplied and installed in all conduit ends as soon as the conduit is installed. Conduit shall be plugged at all termination points such as pull boxes, manholes, controller cabinets, and node buildings. Conduits containing cable shall be plugged with durable and reusable split type plugs, fabricated without metallic parts, and allow easy removal and reinstallation around in-place cables. Split type plugs shall provide a water and air-tight seal of at least 50 psi and shall be installable by hand without using special tools and without damaging the cable. All plugs shall be correctly sized to fit the conduit being plugged. Empty conduits shall be sealed with removable type duct plugs that provide a watertight barrier. All conduits shall use sweeps to elevate the buried conduits to within 4 inches of the bottom of the pull box or manhole, as shown in project details. The sweeps shall be terminated within the pull boxes and manholes to allow for easy installation and removal of the conduit plugs. The sweeps shall be set above the ground surface within the pull box at a height that does not interfere with the coiling of the fiber optic cable. All conduit runs containing fiber optic cable shall have a limited number of bends. The sum of the individual conduit bends on a single conduit run between two pull boxes shall not exceed 360The preferred limit is 270 No individual bend shall be greater than 90 All conduit bends shall have a minimum acceptable radius. he minimum radius for 90bends is 48 inches, and the minimum radius for all other bends is 24 inches. If new conduits are installed in existing pull boxes, manholes or cabinet bases the Contractor shall carefully excavate around the pull box or manhole and install the new conduit as shown in the plans. The Contractor shall not damage the existing pull box, manhole or their contents. If the existing pull box, lid, or the concrete collars are cracked or damaged during conduit installation, the Contractor shall restore the damaged section to preconstruction condition at no additional cost.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Electrical Conduit shall include all electrical wire and/or telephone wire per end equipment requirements. Conduit shall also include anchors, bands, skids, sweeps, pull tape, copper tracer wire, adapters, expansion couplings, conduit plugs, installation equipment, adhesives, labor, and all other items necessary to complete the work.

Page 95: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

93

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 613

ELECTRICAL CONDUIT

BASIS OF PAYMENT Electrical Conduit contract unit price shall be full compensation for work described above, specified in the plans, and complete and in place. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit

Electrical Conduit (Bored) Linear Foot Electrical Conduit (Plastic) Linear Foot

Page 96: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

94

REVISION OF SECTION 613 LIGHTING

Subsection 613 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced with the following.

DESCRIPTION 613.01 This work consists of furnishing and installing foundations, light standards, luminaires, lamps, conduit, cable, wiring, and incidental materials for highway lighting in accordance with these specifications and in conformance with the details, lines, grades, and locations shown on the plans or established.

MATERIALS 613.02 Highway lighting materials shall conform to Section 715, and shall be compatible with the requirements of the local electrical utility company. (a) Foundation. Concrete Foundation Pads and Light Standard Foundations shall be precast concrete

or cast-in-place concrete. A complete foundation includes the concrete, reinforcing steel, ground rods, connector bolts, and anchor bolts. Connector bolts and anchor bolts shall accommodate the anchorage of the light pole from its base flange to the transformer base, and from the transformer base to the light standard foundation.

(b) Light Standard. A complete light standard includes the metal light pole, mast arm or arms, base

or transformer base, approved breakaway device (optional), in-use receptacles (optional), grounding system, and all hardware. When a transformer base is not used, the pole shall have a handhole. Pole and mast arm or arms shall be the type and size shown on the plans.

(c) Conduit. Conduit includes all elbows and fittings required to install complete runs. (d) Electrical Warning Tape. Electrical warning tape shall consist of pre-manufactured non-adhesive

polyethylene material that is unaffected by acids, alkalis and other soil components. The color of the tape shall be red, and it shall be, at a minimum, 3.5 mils thick and 6 inches wide. Its tensile strength shall be 1,750 psi lengthwise.

The electrical tape shall include the following identification printed in black letters continuously along the length of the tape: “CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW”

The identification note and color of tape shall conform to the requirements of the “America Public Works Association (APWA) Uniform Color Codes (Red) – Electrical Power Lines, Cables, Conduit and Lighting Cables”.

(e) Luminaire. A complete luminaire includes the housing, lens, reflector, lamp, lamp holder, ballast

or power generator, mounting slip-fitter or approved manufacturer mounting, all necessary internal wiring, and photoelectric

Control (optional). Luminaires shall operate at either 120 VAC, 60 Hz or 240 VAC, 60 Hz. Luminaires shall meet electrical utility company requirements.

Page 97: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

95

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING

(f) Lighting Control Center. A complete lighting control center includes the load center, grounding system, contactors, relays, meter housing, maintenance receptacle, photoelectric control, NEMA 4 enclosure and all related components, and connections to the power supply.

(g) Secondary Service Pedestal. A complete pedestal includes the NEMA 4 enclosure and all related

components and connections to the power supply. (h) Wiring. Complete wiring includes control wiring, luminaire wiring, main circuit wiring, ground

wiring, service entrance wiring, and all other wiring necessary for a complete installation. (i) Structural Steel: All structural steel furnished, except as otherwise specified on the Contractor’s

Drawings, shall meet the requirements of Section 509 of the Standard Specifications, galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A-123, and then treated as follows:

All galvanizing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A-123. All areas where galvanized coating has been damaged during handling and transporting shall be painted with one full brush coat of zinc-rich paint meeting Military Specification DOD-P-21035A. The longitudinal welding along the light standard and the welding of the end attachments made during fabrication shall be performed prior to galvanizing.

(j) Hardware: All miscellaneous bolts shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-325. All nuts, bolts,

and washers supplied that are not galvanized, shall have chemical properties of ASTM A-325, Type III.

All anchor bolts shall be fabricated from steel as specified by the manufacturer. That portion of the anchor bolts and nuts that will be exposed above foundation shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A-123.

(k) Mid Mast Light Standards: The light standard and its accessories shall be manufactured of

material of like appearance. The light standard cap, luminaire assembly, and its accessories need not necessarily match those of the light standard and its accessories.

All structural components of light standards, bases, anchor bolts, luminaires, and other attachments to be used for mid-mast lighting shall be designed for a minimum of 100 mph wind velocity, in accordance with the current edition of the a Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals as published by AASHTO, except as provided herein. The wind velocity (V) used in determination of the wind pressure (p) given by the formula p = 0.0473 (1.3V)2CdCh shall be 100 mph. Detailed computations are required and shall show the values used for the Ch and Cd factors in determining the wind pressure.

Page 98: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

96

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING

The wind load shall be applied to all areas seen in normal elevation. A detailed stress analysis of the light standard shall be documented. Light standards shall be constructed of tapered round shafts of the length specified on the Contractor’s Drawings. (The shaft may be furnished as a single welded unit or in telescoping sections.) The sections shall be cold formed. The shaft shall taper uniformly from top to bottom. If the shaft is furnished in telescoping sections, the number of sections shall not exceed five for shafts of 120 feet or less, and shall not exceed six for shafts over 120 feet. Each shaft section shall be fabricated so that it may be telescoped over the next lower section a minimum of one and one-half (1.5) times the diameter of the female end at the joined sections with a firm, tapered fit. The sections shall be a minimum of 10 feet in length, pre-fitted, and match-marked at the factory. In the field, the sections shall be mechanically telescoped in a manner recommended by the manufacturer. Settlement after the first twenty-four (24) hours from installation shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Field welds will not be permitted. If a single welded unit shaft is furnished and, because of hauling restrictions the shaft cannot be shop fabricated in one piece, a field weld will be allowed. This field welding shall be done by AWS certified welders working for and under the direct supervision of the pole manufacturer. The weld shall be tested according to the requirements of Section 509 of the Standard Specifications. The shaft of single unit poles shall be welded with backed up 100 percent penetration circumferential transverse welds. All circumferential transverse welds, except the baseplate connection, shall be ground flush +1/32 inch to –0 inch. Backup material shall be contoured for full contacts, continuous and of the same material as the shaft. Each shaft may have a maximum of two longitudinal electric welds with 60 percent minimum penetration. The weld shall have a smooth, uniform appearance. Certified mill test reports shall be documented before shop fabrication work begins. The Contractor shall maintain a set of shop drawings of the complete light standard assemblies, along with certification that all materials used in the fabrication are in accordance with this specification. The service hand holes shall be constructed that its location shall not interfere with the operation of the lowering assembly and shall be reinforced to maintain the full strength of the light standard. A grounding nut, sized to accommodate a No. 1/0 AWG stranded copper conductor, shall be located internally at the light standard base and within easy access of the service hand hole.

Page 99: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

97

-4- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING

A service portal and cover shall be constructed to a minimum size of 10 inches by 20 inches. The light standard shall be reinforced to maintain full light standard strength in the area of the portal. Base plate and anchor bolts shall be as specified by the light standard manufacturer. The manufacturer shall furnish a notarized certificate stating that the bolts are of adequate strength to resist the loading specified. Each anchor bolt shall come complete with a minimum of three (3) galvanized hex nuts or approved equal of the appropriate size. The anchor bolts shall be threaded for a minimum length equal to the exposed portion plus 75mm. The threaded portion shall be galvanized to coat the exposed portion plus 75mm of the threaded end. Threads shall be full and sound, Type UNC. All galvanizing shall be in accordance with ASTM A 153, latest edition. The anchor bolts shall be of sufficient length to develop the full strength of the bolt. Hooks or anchor plates may be provided to engage sufficient concrete mass to fully develop the strength of the anchor bolts.

(l) Luminaire Supports: Each mid-mast tower shall include a luminaire support as shown on the

Contractor’s Drawings. Steel shapes, plates, and pipe shall be constructed of steel meeting the requirements for structural steel in these specifications or for steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A 36. If steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A 36 is used, the support and assembly shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 123. The light standard cap, and luminaire support do not necessarily need to be constructed of the same material as the light standard.

The basic requirements for the luminaire supports are as follows:

1. The luminaire supports shall be capable of supporting the specified loads and loading

conditions. 2 The electrical contacts shall be located at the base of the light standard.

(m) Mid-Mast Luminaire

Luminaires shall have a precision cast aluminum, rain-tight housing with an adjustable slip fitter, for use with a 2 inch horizontal pipe, which will permit a plus/minus 3 degree adjustment above and below the bracket axis. Asymmetrical luminaire distributions shall have an aimable reflector with 360 degree orientation markings. Luminaires shall be pre-aimed by the manufacturer according to the Contractor Drawings and labeled for corresponding pole number and position on the ring assembly, or aimed in the field by the manufacturer’s service representative. Luminaire assemblies shall be constructed to allow "breathing" during the time of energizing and de-energizing of the lamp. Ballasts shall be enclosed in a rain-tight cast aluminum housing constructed for direct mounting to the luminaire and shall be serviceable without removing the luminaire from its bracket. Ballasts shall be of the auto-regulator type specifically manufactured for use with high pressure sodium lamps, and shall be high power factor to operate at a minimum of 90 percent average power factor. Operation shall be suitable with a line voltage variation of plus/minus 10 percent. Satisfactory starting operation shall be obtained with an ambient temperature of -20 degree Fahrenheit.

Page 100: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

98

-5- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING Certified photometric data shall be included in the Project files for the luminaries proposed for use on this Project. Luminaires shall be furnished complete with ballast and lamp. The lamp shall be a 400-watt High Pressure Sodium Type providing 50,000 initial lumens. The lamp shall be rated for an average life of at least 24,000 hours, during which time the lumen output does not fall below 70 percent of the initial output. Supply voltages shall be 240 volts. The photoelectric control shall be of weatherproof construction and be mounted on each fixture. Photo cells shall be of the cadmium sulfide type providing an operating range of 10.8 lux to 53.8 lux and operate at a nominal 120 volts to ground. The unit shall operate at temperatures of –40° F to +120° F. It shall include a built-in lightning arrester and be equipped to mount in a standard three-prong twist-lock receptacle. The photocell shall be mounted by the Contractor on the fixture. Necessary wiring and hardware required for mounting and connection shall be furnished by the Contractor. The photocell shall be shielded, where required, to prevent artificial light from interfering with its normal operation. If necessary, a control transformer may be used to convert the line voltage to lower voltage to operate the controls. Photo control shall be of the cadmium sulfide type providing a turn-on point of 11 lux and a turn-off point of 72 lux. It shall contain a built-in 100 joule MOV shape arrestor wired to the neutral. All luminaire assemblies shall be of the same type. The housing for the lighting control center shall be of a manufactured type, clean-cut in design and appearance, and of the approximate size and dimensions shown in the Contractor’s Drawings. The housing shall be factory painted green and shall be equipped with a three-point catch and lock. These locks shall be furnished with two keys for each box, and all locks shall be master keyed. Prior to Highway Acceptance, the Contractor shall distribute the keys to XCEL ENERGY. The handle shall have a provision for a padlock. Housing shall be weatherproof and conform to the contract requirements. Circuit breakers shall be used in lieu of fuses and shall be the sizes shown on the Contractor’s Drawings. Each circuit shall have its own breakers and a fault on one circuit shall not affect the operation of any other circuit. The selector switch shall be a three-position, key-operated switch with legend marked "Hands off Auto." Two keys shall be furnished with each switch. The Contractor shall be used for switching the current to the lamps. Its contacts shall be capable of handling the load at 600 volts AC without undue pitting or burning of the contacts. The coil shall be capable of operating continuously. The control center shall contain a 120 volt ground fault interrupter outlet wired to a 15 amp breaker for operation of the portable drive unit. The cabinet shall be mounted 12 inches above the grade on a concrete foundation per the plans. The location shall not lie within a 10-foot radius or outside a 25-foot radius of the standard. Contact material shall be designed for lighting ballast loads and require no maintenance such as filing, burnishing, or dressing at any time the contactor is in service. The cabinet housing for the contactor shall contain a permanent instruction that states that "contacts shall not be filed, burnished, or dressed."

Page 101: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

99

-6- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING

(n) Materials List. At the preconstruction conference the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer three copies of a list of all materials and equipment to be incorporated into the work, to the Engineer and Xcel Energy for their review and approval.

Materials shall conform to the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code and shall be a type currently recommended and approved by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. The Contractor shall include the following items on the list and shall include the brand name, identifying numbers, relevant technical data, and all other information necessary for the agency responsible for maintenance of the system to procure exact replacements of any and all equipment and material used on the Project: (1) Light standard foundations (2) Foundation pads (3) Light standard type (steel or aluminum) (4) Luminaire manufacturer’s product information including data in Illuminating

Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) format, IESNA photometric distribution type for vertical and lateral distribution (example: full cutoff, Type III), and a photograph or line drawing

(5) Luminaire mounting hardware (6) Lamp wattage and type (7) Ballasts or power generators (8) Lighting control centers (9) Secondary service pedestals (10) Conduits, conduit bends and splices, and electrical bushings (11) Fuse holders, fuses, and cable disconnect devices (12) Control equipment, breakers, switches, conductors, relays, enclosures, etc. (13) Pull boxes (14) Wiring and connection diagrams of all circuits, fixtures, luminaires, etc. (15) All other items required for a complete installation

The Engineer will return lists that are incomplete or that include unacceptable materials to the Contractor for correction and re-submission. The Contractor shall not order materials or equipment until the Engineer and the party or agency responsible for maintenance have reviewed and approved the materials and equipment list. The Engineer’s approval of the list shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the proper functioning of the completed installation. The Contractor shall notify XCEL ENERGY forty-eight (48) hours in advance of any interruption to the existing service to lighting, signs, ramp metering, signals, or irrigation power feed, or any other potential power line disturbance, and coordinate changes in electric distribution with XCEL ENERGY.

Page 102: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

100

-7- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING

Beginning with the first planned break in a lighting circuit, the Contractor shall coordinate the power source to feed relocated, added, or deleted luminaires to accommodate detours or staged construction with XCEL ENERGY. If the Contractor coordinates all changes to the existing lighting circuits with XCEL ENERGY, the Contractor will not be responsible for lighting power costs Failure to coordinate with XCEL ENERGY, as determined by the SEC Representative, will result in the installation of metered circuits and power costs being paid by the Contractor, until Highway Acceptance.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

613.03 General. All work shall conform to these specifications and the National Electrical Code, and shall comply with applicable regulations as specified in subsection 107.01. Each system shall be installed as shown on the plans or as designated. The Contractor shall furnish and install all incidentals necessary to provide a complete working unit or system. 613.04 Concrete Foundation Pads and Light Standard Foundations. Foundations shall be installed as shown on the plans, complete with grounding. The Contractor shall test and report soil conditions to the Engineer as necessary to ensure proper installation of foundations. Foundations shall be installed at the final grade as shown on the plans. All anchor bolts shall be positioned by means of steel templates. The center of the template shall coincide with the center of the base. Conduits shall be properly positioned and anchored before the concrete is placed. All foundations shall have ground rods conforming to the National Electrical Code. All foundations on structures shall be grounded to the structure steel by a method that is in accordance with the National Electric Code and which is approved by the Engineer. Screw-in foundations shall be of a type and manufacture previously approved by CDOT and XCEL ENERGY. Screw-in foundations shall have a minimum auger helix pitch of 3 inches and be galvanized according to ASTM A 153. Screw-in foundations may be used only where soil testing shows aggregate sizes less than 3 inches in diameter. The Contractor shall be responsible for testing soil conditions as necessary to ensure proper installation of screw-in foundations. The following minimum screw-in foundation sizes are required for 40-foot light standards:

No. of Mast Arms Foundation Inside Dia. Length Outside Dia. of Helix 1 8 inch by 7 feet 14 inches

Page 103: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

101

-8- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING The cableway openings in the screw-in foundation shall be 2.5 inches by 12 inches. The openings shall have rounded ends and run vertically with the top 12 inches below the baseplate. The baseplate shall have a pole-mounting surface free from curvature or other deformity induced by the manufacturing process. The baseplate is to be machine smooth, flame cut on the external edges and on the inner hole providing access to the foundation interior. The baseplate shall be of adequate size to provide actual contact support at outer corners and edges of the lighting structure or a breakaway mounting device. The baseplate is to be permanently marked to indicate the locations of the cableway opening and shall have a thickness as required by the manufacture’s design based on the shape of the plate and number of mast arms. Bolt holes shall be provided through the baseplate to allow for the attachment of a breakaway device or light structure as specified in the plans. If tapped holes are used, they shall be center tapped perpendicular to the baseplate plus or minus one degree, and the threads are to be fully cleaned after hot dip galvanizing so a bolt may be hand turned in the threads. Baseplate material shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 36. The screw-in foundation shaft shall be flame cut to length; 90 degree square on top and true helical on the bottom. Cableway openings shall be smooth cut on both sides of the shaft 180 degrees apart unless otherwise specified. The sides of the cableway openings shall be parallel to the axis of the shaft plus or minus one-half degree as measured along their full length. Round shaft material shall be new, unused, and mill traceable. The edges are to be mechanically cleaned before welding operation. The shaft shall be fabricated from standard weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B or ASTM 252, Grade 2. The helix on screw-in foundations shall be of true helical form and shall be produced with a matching metal dye from formable weldable 3/8 inch thick steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A29, Grade M 1010. The preformed helix is to be tumble blasted to remove scale and contaminants before welding. Screw-in foundation pilot point shall be sheared on a 45 degree angle from 1.25 inch (32 mm) diameter round bar steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A 575. It shall project a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) below the leading edge of the helix and shall be tumble blasted prior to welding. Screw-in foundations shall be supplied with lighting standard to baseplate connection hardware consisting of 1 inch by 10 UNC, 4 inch long Grade 8 hex head bolts, nuts, and washers galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153. All welding for construction of screw-in foundations shall be in accordance with Sections 1 through 8 of AWS D1.1. Completed screw-in foundations shall be hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 after fabrication. Minor damage to the coating may be field repaired by thoroughly cleaning the damaged area with a wire brush and removing all damaged and loose coating. The cleaned areas shall be painted with two coats of zinc rich paint meeting the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-641 or MIL-P-21035. The lot or piece number identifying each screw-in foundation shall be clearly stamped or painted on the foundation where not visible after installation. The foundation will be Accepted on the basis of visual examination at the Site and the manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance. The Contractor shall maintain on file the manufacturer’s quality control inspection reports and shall demonstrate the ability to provide certification with regard to:

Page 104: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

102

-9- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING Material Application Welder Certification Weld Quality Coating Requirements Screw-in foundations shall be installed according to the manufacturers recommended procedures and accomplished by either a boom type or a bed-mounted type digger truck. The maximum torque used shall not exceed the manufacturers recommended limits. In the case of extremely difficult soils that cause the torque capacity of the installation equipment or mechanical limit of the foundation to be exceeded, the foundation may be installed in a predrilled hole that is not larger than the foundation shaft diameter. When the foundation is installed in a predrilled hole, minimum recommended torque requirements should be followed. The installation torque may be measured by a torque-measuring device or by calibrating the hydraulic system of the installing equipment. (b) Mid Mast Foundations: The Contractor shall construct the caisson type foundation at each location

according to the details shown on the Contractor’s Drawings.

All foundations shall be constructed to not less than the minimum dimensions shown on the Contractor’s Drawings. The size and number of conduit bends shall be installed in each foundation as indicated on the Contractor’s Drawings. The caged anchor bolt assembly shall be placed in the foundation so that it remains plumb and with the projection set as specified by the pole manufacturer. Anchor bolts shall be "caged" in a manner specified by the manufacturer. The bolt circle shall be centered over the foundation. The top elevation of the foundation shall be set accurately and leveled. 1. Footing Type. The foundation shall be constructed in accordance with Section 601. All loose dirt

shall be removed prior to pouring concrete. 2. Drilled Caisson Type. The foundation construction shall conform to Section 503, Drilled

Caissons. All irregularities in the cylindrical surface of the uncased holes outside of the nominal diameter shall be filled with concrete at the Contractor's expense. Forming of the top 12 inches will be required.

613.05 Light Standards. Poles shall be set plumb on the light standard foundation using non-corrosive metal shims. Defects and scratches on galvanized poles shall be given two coats of acceptable zinc-rich paint as directed. Defects and scratches on painted poles shall be primed and painted. A light standard shall consist of a metal light pole, bracket arm or arms, transformer base or approved breakaway device, and connector bolts. In special cases, mountings may be made on the base flange, without transformer base, in which case the pole will require a handhole at the base. (a) Pole and bracket arm or arms shall be of the specified type and size shown on the plans. Poles

shall be set plumb on the foundation pad by means of non-corrosive metal shims and the mounting grouted with a non-shrinkable grout.

Defects or scratches on galvanized poles shall be given two coats of acceptable zinc-rich paint as directed.

Page 105: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

103

-10- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING (b) Transformer base shall be of a frangible breakaway type as shown on the plans and shall

accommodate the anchorage and base flange of the light pole supplied.

Each transformer base shall have a 1/2-13 UNC (1/2 inch) bolt or lug fastened inside the base, visible from the door opening, for grounding purposes; also a wire hole for outside grounding, if required.

(c) Connector bolts and anchor bolts shall accommodate the anchorage of the light pole from its base

flange to the transformer base, and from the transformer base to the foundation pad.

Mid Mast Light Standard Assembly Light standards shall be installed as shown on the Contractor’s Drawings. The assembled lighting standard shall, under dead load and at equal ambient temperatures, be as near to true vertical alignment as practical. Adjustment shall be accomplished by use of leveling nuts, located on the anchor bolts below the baseplate in accordance with instructions furnished by the light standard manufacturer. After erection and alignment of the light standard, the crack between the foundation and the baseplate shall be filled with grout. A drain sump shall be installed at this time using a 1 inch PVC conduit. The end of this 1 inch conduit shall be fitted with a screen to keep foreign objects from entering the light standard base. While the grout is still fresh, a depression, which shall serve as a sump for the drain pipe, shall be made within the light standard base. Luminaires and ballast assemblies shall be securely fastened to the 2 inch mast arms located on the luminaire ring and each light shall be adjusted so as to hang vertically when erection is complete. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct placement and alignment of the luminaires with respect to the roadway. To ensure this correct alignment, the Contractor shall procure the assistance of a representative of the manufacturer supplying the luminaires. Wherever the electrical cable passes through any metal or pulley, a bushing or other approved method shall be used to protect the cable from abrasion. All splices required for distribution of power from portable cable to the individual ballasts shall be made in the junction box. Two conductors shall be trained to each ballast from the splice made in the junction box. These conductors may be of a smaller size, but not smaller than No. 12 AWG or than cable required elsewhere within the system to facilitate their installation. The cable used may be in compliance with Article 402, Fixture Wires, of the National Electrical Code. A fused switch or breaker shall be installed at the base of the light standard as shown on the plans, and be of appropriate size. The switch shall be used to switch power on and off to the twist lock disconnect for the portable power cable and the receptacle for the lowering mechanism.

Page 106: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

104

-11- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING Metallic Surfaces. Any surfaces, except cast iron, galvanized, ASTM-A588 steel, luminaires, ballasts, and lighting control centers shall be painted in accordance with Subsections 509.24 and 509.29, unless otherwise specified. Welding. Welding shall be in accordance with the latest edition of AWS Specification D1.1 and the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals. Weld Inspection. All transverse butt welds and the weld connecting the pole to the baseplate, shall be inspected by the Contractor using radiographic methods in accordance with AWS D1.1 Section 6.

613.06 Luminaires and Lamps. Roadway Luminaires shall be mounted on the mast arm by a slip fitter clamp or other approved device. Luminaires shall be adjusted vertically and horizontally to provide the required mounting height and maximum light distribution on the roadway and to meet Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) full cutoff requirements. Each luminaire shall be controlled a photoelectric control in a centralized control cabinet. For modified systems, individual photoelectric control may be used. The photoelectric control shall be positioned northward to minimize sun interference. After their installation and prior to their acceptance, refractors and lenses shall be cleaned to provide maximum lumen output. Lamps of the specified type and size shall be installed in the luminaires. The type and size of lamp shall be marked on each luminaire or pole. Tags will be furnished by the local utility company or the Department, if required. Luminaires shall be mounted on the mast arm by a slip fitter clamp or other approved method, and shall be adjusted vertically and horizontally to provide the required mounting height and maximum light distribution on the roadway. Each luminaire shall be controlled by an individual photoelectric cell. The photoelectric control shall be positioned northward to minimize sun interference. After installation and prior to acceptance, refractors shall be cleaned to provide maximum lumen output. Lamps of the specified type and size shall be installed in the luminaires. Luminaire or pole shall be marked for the type and size of lamp. Tags will be furnished by the local utility company or the -Department, if required. Wall type luminaires for use under overpass structures shall be mounted as shown on the plans. Beam angle setting shall be adjusted to meet illumination requirements. Wall type luminaires for use under overpass structures shall be mounted as shown on the plans. All wall type luminaires shall include side shielding to prevent glare in the motorist’s view. The beam angle setting shall be adjusted to meet the illumination requirements. 613.07 Conduit The electrical conduit system shall be installed in accordance with CDOT’s, A Policy on the Accommodation of Utilities on Colorado Highways Rights-of-Way and the following: Plastic conduit shall be in accordance with subsection 715.06

Page 107: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

105

-12- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING In the conduit system the locations of conduit, pull boxes, splice boxes and expansion joints shown on the plans are approximate. Actual locations shall be established during construction. The conduit system shall be located to avoid interference with known present or known future construction installations. All underground conduit runs and conduit risers on poles shall be installed as needed even though they may not be shown on the plans. All conduit installed under the roadway shall be at least 2 inch inside diameter unless otherwise designated on the plans. The Contractor may use larger conduit than specified. If larger conduit is used, it shall be for the entire run from outlet to outlet. Reducer couplings shall not be used. Existing underground conduit to be incorporated into a new system shall be cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with compressed air. Where new conductors are to be added to existing conductors in a conduit, all conductors shall be removed and the conduit cleaned as described above. All conductors shall be pulled into the conduit as a unit. Conduit terminating in standards or pedestals shall extend approximately 2 inches vertically above the foundations and shall slope toward the handhole opening. Conduit entering pull boxes shall terminate 2 inches inside the box wall and 2 to 5 inches above the bottom, and shall slope toward the top of the box to facilitate pulling of conductors. Conduit entering through the bottom of a pull box shall be located near the end walls to leave the major portion of the box clear. At all outlets, conduits shall enter from the direction of the run. The ends of all conduits, whether shop or field cut, shall be reamed to remove burrs and rough edges. Cuts shall be made square and true so that the ends will butt or come together for their full circumference. Slip joints or running threads shall not be used for coupling conduit. When a standard coupling cannot be used for coupling metal type conduit, an approved threaded union coupling shall be used. All threads on ferrous metal conduit, not previously treated with a corrosion preventative, shall be painted with rust preventive paint before couplings are connected. All couplings for metal type conduit shall be tightened providing a continuous electrical connection throughout the entire length of the conduit run. Areas where the coating on ferrous metal conduit has been damaged shall be painted with rust preventive paint. Non-metallic conduit shall be cut with a hacksaw or other approved tool. Nonmetallic conduit connections shall be the solvent-weld type. All metal conduit ends shall be threaded and capped until wiring is started. When caps are removed, the threaded ends shall be provided with conduit bushings. Nonmetallic conduit ends shall be capped until wiring is started. Conduit connections at junction or splice boxes shall be tightly secured and waterproofed. All conduit ends shall be sealed with duct seal after installation of wiring. The duct seal shall be rated for rated for outdoor use.

Page 108: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

106

-13- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING When specified, conduit shall be installed under existing pavement by jacking or drilling operations. Where plans show that existing pavement is to be removed, jacking the conduit is not required. Jacking or drilling pits shall be kept a minimum of 2 feet clear of the edge of pavement. Water shall not be used as an aid in the jacking or drilling operations. When trenching is specified to place conduit under existing pavement that is not to be removed, the trench width shall be 6 inches or less. Trenches shall be filled to 2 inches below the existing grade with structure backfill (flow fill), or another material if directed. The remaining 2 inches shall be filled to existing grade with hot mix asphalt within one calendar day after the roadway is trenched. Trenching shall be backfilled and compacted as follows: Backfill shall be deposited in uniform layers. Each layer shall be 6 inches or less thick prior to compaction. The space under the conduit shall be completely filled. The remainder of the trench and excavation shall be backfilled to the finished grade. The backfill material shall be compacted to the density specified in subsection 203.07. Each layer shall be mechanically compacted by tamping with power tools approved by the Engineer. Compaction methods or equipment that damage the conduit shall not be used. Red electrical warning tape shall be installed between 6 inches and 12 inches below finished grade for all underground conduit runs. Underground conduit shall be buried a minimum of 2 feet below finished grade. There shall be no sag between boxes. Conduit under roadways shall be buried at least 30 inches below finished grade. Rigid metallic conduits on bridges shall have an expansion fitting at every expansion joint of the bridge. Expansion joint fittings shall be precisely aligned with the conduit run to ensure proper expansion and deflection and to prevent binding. For vertical conduit runs, the fitting shall be installed close to the top of the structure to prevent water running across the fitting and entering the conduit. The fitting’s deflection sleeve coupling, and pressure bushing at the barrel of the expansion body, shall be installed flush with the structure ends; only the connecting expansion nipple shall cross the opening between structures. The fitting shall be supported by points on the conduit immediately adjacent to the fitting. The fitting shall have an external bonding jumper. Pull or splice boxes shall be installed every 200 feet or less. Boxes shall be placed at conduit ends, at all wiring splices, at all conduit angle points, and at all other locations shown on the plans. The Contractor may install additional pull or splice boxes to facilitate the work. Where practical, pull and splice boxes near curbs shall be placed adjacent to the back of the curb. Pull boxes adjacent to light standards shall be placed along the side of foundations as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, pull and splice boxes shall be installed so that the covers are level with curb or sidewalk grade. Covers shall be level with the surrounding ground when no grade is established. Where a conduit stub-out is called for on the plans, a sweeping elbow shall be installed in the direction indicated. The stub out shall be terminated in a box. All conduit stub outs shall be capped.

Page 109: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

107

-14- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING 613.08 Wiring. Unless otherwise authorized, the multiple system of electrical distribution shall be used. Conductors of the size and material required, whether single or in cable, shall be installed for control wiring, luminaire wiring, main circuit wiring, ground wiring, service entrance wiring, and all other wiring necessary for a complete installation. Conductors shall be sized to prevent a voltage drop of more than 3 percent per feeder run. All conductors shall be installed in conduit. When 120 volt luminaires are installed, 120/240 VAC shall be brought to the base of each light standard, and individual luminaires shall be connected to one leg or the other in a manner that minimizes overall voltage drop. A complete grounding system shall be installed for the entire lighting installation. Grounding shall consist of: ground cables, conduits, grounding rods, wire or strap, and ground fittings, as required by the National Electrical Code. All electrical conductors shall be identified and tagged as follows: Electrical conductor cable tags shall be located at each splice termination. The tags shall be attached with cable ties. The information shall be written on the tag with a permanent marker. The information shall include the direction and approximate length of the cable, and the feeder or circuit destination (line and load sides). Each incoming (line side) conductor shall be individually color coded with one tape mark; each outgoing conductor (load side) shall be coded with two tape marks. 613.09 Lighting Control Center and Secondary Service Pedestals. Each Lighting Control Center and Secondary Service Pedestals shall include a load center, a panelboard, contactors, a maintenance receptacle, a meter housing, a photoelectric control, a grounding rod system, a Nema 4 enclosure with all related components, and connections to the power supply. One copy of the cabinet drawings, one line diagram, a luminaire schedule, and a list of all system components and their manufacturers shall be placed in a heavy duty plastic envelop with side opening that is attached to the inside cabinet door. 613.10 Testing. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer’s satisfaction that all electrical and lighting equipment installations are in proper working condition. Temporary power and all cable connections required for testing shall be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall operate the lighting system from sunset to sunrise for ten consecutive days. Lamps, ballasts, power generators and photoelectric control that fail shall be replaced immediately. However, replacement of these items will not require a restart of the test. The Contractor shall perform grounding tests at each grounding system location including light standards, lighting control centers, and other ground rod locations. Grounding tests shall show that the ground resistance is 10 ohms or less. If the measured resistance to ground exceeds 10 ohms, additional ground rods shall be added to the grounding electrode system.

Page 110: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

108

-15- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING The Contractor shall perform voltage drop tests at furthest point on each circuit such that voltage drop is within 3 percent of supply voltage. The Contractor shall certify the records of all testing including grounding, voltage drop (within 3 percent) and other required tests as meeting specification requirements and submit the records to the Engineer.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 613.11 Concrete Foundation Pads and Light Standard Foundations will be measured by the actual number installed and accepted. Light standards will be measured by the number of light standards installed. Luminaires will be measured by the number of luminaires of the specified wattage installed. Lighting control centers will be measured by the number of centers installed. Secondary service pedestals will be measured by the number of pedestals installed. Conduit will be measured by the linear foot in place. All wiring necessary for the complete installation will be measured as a single lump sum.

BASIS OF PAYMENT 613.12 The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below that appear in the bid schedule. Payment will be made under:

Luminaire(____) (____Watt) (Furnish Only) (Install Only) Each Luminaire (Wall Type) (_____)(_____Watt) (Furnish Only) (Install Only) Each ___Inch Electrical Conduit (Furnish Only) (Install Only) Linear Foot ___Inch Electrical Conduit (Plastic) (Furnish Only) (Install Only) Linear Foot ___Inch Electrical Conduit (Jacked) (Furnish Only) (Install Only) Linear Foot Wiring Lump Sum Lighting Control Center Each Secondary Service Pedestal Each

Pay Item Pay Unit Light Standard Foundation Each Concrete Foundation Pad Each Light Standard_____ (_____Foot) (Furnish Only) (Install Only) Each Luminaire (

)(_______Watt) Each

Page 111: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

109

-16- REVISION OF SECTION 613

LIGHTING When the Contractor, at his option, installs larger conduit than specified, it will be paid for at the original contract price for the size specified. The following items will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work: (1) Soil testing for foundations (2) Junction boxes, splice boxes, pull boxes, pull wire, weather heads, adaptors, and expansion joints

for conduit (3) Additional pull or splice boxes installed at the Contractor’s option (4) Saw cutting; trenching; excavation; backfill; jacking; drilling pits; underground electrical warning

tape; removal of pavement, sidewalks, gutters, and curbs and their replacement in kind to match existing grade; and all other work necessary to complete conduit installation

(5) Electrical conductor tagging (6) Direct burial cable in conduit (7) Testing of the lighting installation, including temporary power and all required cable connections The lump sum price bid for wiring will be full compensation for all electrical circuitry necessary to complete the lighting installation as shown on the plans. All conductors in conduit, regardless of type, are part of the wiring item and will not be measured and paid for separately.

Page 112: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

110

REVISION OF SECTION 613 PULL BOXES

Section 613 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows:

DESCRIPTION Contractor shall furnish and install fiberglass reinforced, polymer concrete pull boxes.

MATERIALS Pull boxes installed in dirt or landscaped areas shall have a concrete apron with 3 sides, 12 inches wide by 6 inches deep and a top side of 18 inches wide by six inches deep for marker installation. Pull boxes shall not be installed above the grade of the apron. Concrete apron shall have a 1% slope away from the top of pull box. All concrete aprons shall be Class B and shall be in accordance with Section 601. Pull boxes shall have a detachable cover with a skid-resistant surface and have the words “CDOT COMM” cast into the surface. Painting of words shall not be accepted. The cover shall be attached to the pull box body by means of 3/8 x 7 inch lag head stainless steel hex head bolts and shall have two (2) lift slots to aid in the removal of the lid. Wire mesh shall be installed in a manor to completely surround the box. The wire mesh shall meet the material standard ANSI/ASTM A555-79 and made of T-304 stainless steel, 0.025 inch wire diameter minimum and shall have a spacing of 12 mesh per inch. Pull boxes shall be verified by a 3rd Party Nationally Recognized Independent Testing Laboratory as meeting all test provisions of ANSI/SCTE 77 2007 Specification for Underground Enclosure Integrity, Tier 22 rating. Pull boxes shall be UL listed. Certification documents shall be submitted with material submittals.

CONSTRUCTION A minimum of 12 inches of ¾ inch granite-gravel shall be installed as a base for the pull box to aide in drainage. The ¾ inch granite-gravel shall be free of dirt and debris and spread evenly to facilitate a level base for the pull box. The Contractor shall ensure that sufficient compacting is made prior to the installation of ¾ inch granite-gravel to help alleviate future settling. Wire mesh shall be installed in a manor to completely surround the box. The wire mesh shall be installed prior to the installation of the pull box above the bed of 3/4” granite-gravel and extending one foot past the outer edges of the concrete apron. The wire mesh shall be gently cut to allow only the entrance of the conduit at the bottom of the box. Any openings cut in the wire mesh larger than the diameter of the conduit shall be remedied by the installation of additional wire mesh to obtain a completely sealed pull box enclosure. Pull Box (Surface Mounted) shall be aluminum type with a hinged front door and have at least a NEMA 3R rating. The hinged door shall be provided with both a weather tight seal and an aluminum hasp. Surface mounted pull boxes shall be of the dimensions shown in the plans, and shall be mounted on or embedded into hard surfaces such as bridge decks, concrete barriers, retaining walls, or buildings, as shown on the plans. Surface mounted pull boxes shall be attached using 3/8-inch epoxy anchors or other methods, as approved by the Engineer. Surface mounted pull boxes shall not be used for ground installations.

Page 113: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

111

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 613

PULL BOXES

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Pull Boxes will be measured by the actual number that are installed and accepted, and will include base, lid, excavation, backfill, concrete apron, wire mesh and 3/4” granite-gravel. Pull Boxes shall also include the removal and patching of pavement, sidewalks, curb and gutters and their replacement in kind to match existing grade.

BASIS OF PAYMENT

Pay Item Pay Unit Pull Box (24x36x24) Each Pull Box (30x48x24) Each

Concrete will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of the pull box.

Page 114: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

112

REVISION OF SECTION 614 BUFFER TUBE FAN OUT KIT

Section 614 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:

DESCRIPTION For this project, the Buffer Tube Fan Out Kit shall be furnished and installed on fiber lateral cable ends in field termination panels mounted within communication cabinets.

MATERIALS The Contractor shall use fiber optic fan out kits on the fiber lateral cable in the communication cabinet termination panels. Fan out buffer tubes for the lateral fiber strands shall be 9mm minimum and shall be neatly coiled after installation and secured within the field termination panels. Fan out kits shall be supplied with buffer tubes matching the lateral fiber strand colors. ST type bulkhead connectors shall be terminated on the ends of the lateral cable fiber strands and installed on the back side of the termination panel bulkheads. The connectors shall have a ceramic ferrule with a nickel-plated nut and body. The connector shall be polished with a physical contact (PC) finish.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Buffer Tube Fan Out Kit will not be measured or paid for separately, but will be considered subsidiary to the Fiber Optic Cable (Single Mode) pay item. This item shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to complete the work.

Page 115: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

113

REVISION OF SECTION 614 FIBER OPTIC CABLE AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION

Section 614 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:

DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall complete and forward to the Project Engineer the Fiber Cable As-Built Documentation Sheet as part of their final submittals on the project. This form is an aide to document information as it pertains to the installation of fiber optic cable along the project corridors as part of this project. At each pull box and manhole location, fiber optic cable information to be provided shall include the following:

2) Cable sequential foot marking measurements stamped on the cable jacket as the cable enters and exits the pull box

3) Type of splices, lateral cables or cable end splices 4) Number of lateral cables at the pull box location 5) Fiber cable ID serial number 6) Identification or location of pull boxes or manholes as they are shown on the final as-built

documentation As part of the as-built documentation, any revised fiber optic splices shall also be provided as marked up copies of the original splice diagrams. If changes are made during the splicing procedures, those changes shall be documented by the Contractor and submitted to the Project Engineer as final as-built drawings.

BASIS OF PAYMENT Fiber Optic Cable As-Built Documentation will not be measured or paid for separately but will be considered subsidiary to the Fiber Optic Cable (Single Mode) pay item.

Page 116: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

114

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 614

FIBER OPTIC CABLE AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION

Page 117: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

115

REVISION OF SECTION 614 FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATION

Section 614 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:

DESCRIPTION Fiber optic cable installed on this project will be installed in electrical conduits, pull boxes and equipment communication cabinets which contain existing electrical cable or electronic equipment currently carrying communications data from existing intersection traffic signals and roadway devices. The new fiber cable shall be installed in a manner which will not interfere with the integrity of the existing cable and or equipment. Slack fiber cable shall be coiled in pull boxes, manholes and communications cabinets using proper fiber management as noted on the plans. Fiber optic cable installed in traffic controller cabinets shall be placed in a manner which will not interfere with the maintenance or the traffic signal cable, wiring or equipment. All OTDR testing shall be conducted as stated in this specification and in accordance with the Project Special Provision, Test Fiber Optic Cable, included in this plan set.

The Contractor shall install all fiber optic cables in accordance with the splicing diagrams as shown in the plans. The Contractor shall conduct an on-reel test prior to installing any fiber cables. After the on-reel test the Contractor shall provide the Project Engineer with all resultant documentation prior to actual cable installation. No installation shall commence until the Project Engineer reviews and accepts all test results showing all fibers in the cables are undamaged, containing no breaks or micro bends. Once the results are accepted, the fiber cable may be installed. If the test results show damage to any strand or strands within a reel, that reel shall be rejected, replaced and retested at no additional cost to the project. Once the fiber cable is accepted by the Project Engineer, the cable may be installed. The fiber cable is to be installed in reel lengths that minimize cable end splices, in turn minimizing fiber cable loss. Once the entire cable is installed and all cable end splices are complete, bi-directional testing shall be conducted to assure that no damage occurred in the installation process. For backbone fiber cable, if any strand(s) of the fiber cables show damage from the Contractor’s installation, that entire section of fiber cable shall be removed, re-installed and re-spliced from the cable end splice point at no additional cost to the project. For lateral fiber cable, if any strand (s) of the fiber cables show damage from the Contractor’s installation, the entire length of fiber cable shall be removed, re-installed and re-splices form the splice point to the device communication cabinet at no additional cost to the project. Prior to any fiber optic work, the Contractor shall give the Project Engineer a detailed installation and splicing schedule a minimum of one week, prior to commencing work. All installation, splicing, termination, and testing shall be listed on the schedule and any revisions to this schedule shall be re-submitted to the Project Engineer as soon as the changes are made. After completing all splicing and termination work, a final inspection of the fiber network will be conducted. If damage exists to the fiber optic cable system due to Contractor negligence, all costs associated with the cable, pulling of the cable, splicing, splice canisters and testing of the network shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

Page 118: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

116

REVISION OF SECTION 614 FIBER OPTIC CABLE (SINGLE MODE)

Section 614 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:

DESCRIPTION This work consists of furnishing and installing single mode fiber optic cable. Fiber optic cable shall be used for either main backbone cable or lateral cables that connect to equipment field cabinets. The main backbone cable shall be terminated in a Communications Node or Regeneration Building. Lateral fiber cables shall be terminated using fan-out kits in a termination patch panel in the field equipment cabinet. All fiber optic cables shall be suitable for outdoor conduit installation.

MATERIALS All fiber optic cable shall have compatible chrematistics with proposed and existing cables. All optical cables furnished on this project shall meet the following fiber optic industry standards:

a) International Telecommunications Union Recommendation G.652 Table D b) Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) c) International Organization for Standardization (ISO) d) Telecommunication industry Association (TIA) e) International Telecommunications Union (ITU) f) Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)

All cables shall be new and unused non-armored outdoor cable consisting of dispersion-unshifted, low water peak single-mode fiber strands free of surface imperfections and inclusions. Each single mode fiber shall consist of a doped silica core surrounded by a concentric silica cladding. The fiber shall be of matched clad design.

(a) Fiber Strands

a) Typical core diameter of 8.3µm

b) Cladding Diameter of 125.0 ± 1µm

c) Core-to-Cladding offset: 0.5 µm

d) Cladding Non-Circularity: 1 %

e) Coating Diameter (Colored): 245 ± 10 µm.

f) Maximum Attenuation (Loose Tube): 0.35 dB//km at 1310 nm wavelength and 0.22 dB/km at

1550 nm wavelength

g) Mode-Field Diameter: 9.20 ± 0.30 µm at 1310 nm wavelength and 10.40 ± 0.50 µm at 1550 nm

wavelength

h) Attenuation at the Water Peak: 0.32 to 0.34 dB/km at 1383 ± 3 nm wavelength

i) Cutoff Wavelength: 1260 nm.

Page 119: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

117

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 614

FIBER OPTIC CABLE (SINGLE MODE)

j) Zero Dispersion Wavelength: 1300nm to 1322 nm

k) Zero Dispersion Slope: 0.090 ps / (nm2km)

l) Polarization Mode Dispersion: 0.06 ps/ km

m) Maximum Polarization Mode Dispersion at 0.01% distribution (PMDq): 0.20 ps/km

n) Maximum Fiber Dispersion: 3.5 ps/(nmkm) for 1285 nm through 1330 nm and shall be 18 ps/(nm km) at 1550 nm.

o) Fiber Curl: 4.0 m

All optical fibers shall be proof tested by the manufacturer to a minimum load of 0.7 GN/m2 (100 ksi). The fibers shall not adhere to the inside of the buffer tube. The coating shall be a dual layered, UV cured acrylate applied by the fiber manufacturer. The coating shall be capable of being mechanically stripped with a force of 0.3 – 2.0 lbf (1.3 – 8.0 N). Each single mode fiber strand shall be color coded with distinct and recognizable colors in accordance with the most recent version of EIA/TIA-598, Optical Fiber Cable Color, as shown in the plans.

(b) Buffer Tubes Each buffer tube shall contain 6 or 12 fibers as appropriate for the respective size cable. Optical fibers shall be placed inside a loose buffer tube. The nominal outer diameter of the buffer tube shall be 3.0 mm Each buffer tube shall be color coded with distinct and recognizable colors in accordance with the most recent version of EIA/TIA-598, Optical Fiber Cable Color, as shown in the plans. In buffer tubes containing multiple fibers, the coloring shall be stable during temperature cycling as stated under “Fiber Specification Parameters” and shall not be subjected to fading or smearing onto each other or into the buffer tube gel filling material. Colorings shall not cause fibers to stick together. Buffer tubes shall be of a dual-layer construction with the inner layer made of polycarbonate and the outer layer made of polyester.

Each buffer tube shall be filled with a non-hygroscopic, non-nutritive to fungus, electrically non-conductive, homogenous gel. The gel shall be free from dirt and foreign matter. The gel shall be readily removable with conventional nontoxic solvents. Buffer tubes shall be stranded around a central member of the cable using a reverse oscillation stranding process.

The buffer tubes shall be resistant to external forces and shall meet the buffer tube cold bend and shrink requirements of EIA/TIA standards.

Page 120: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

118

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 614

FIBER OPTIC CABLE (SINGLE MODE) (c) Fiber Cable

Fillers may be included in the cable core to lend symmetry to the cable cross-section where needed. The central anti-buckling member of the cable shall consist of a glass reinforced plastic rod. The purpose of the central member shall be to prevent buckling. For single layer cables, a water blocking tape shall be applied longitudinally around the outside of the strand tubes/fillers. The tape shall be held in place by a single polyester binder yarn. The water blocking tape shall be non-nutritive to fungus, electrically non-conductive homogenous. It shall also be free from dirt and foreign matter. Gel filled water-blocking compound shall not be allowed in the cable core interstices in either the backbone cable or the lateral cables. Binders shall be applied with sufficient tension to secure the buffer tubes to the central member without crushing the buffer tubes. The binders shall be non-hygroscopic, non-wicking (or rendered so by the flooding compound), and dielectric with low shrinkage. The cable shall contain at least one ripcord under the sheath for easy sheath removal. Tensile strength shall be provided by high tensile strength dielectric yarns and shall be helically stranded evenly around the cable core. Outer cable jacket shall have a consistent thickness throughout the entire cable length and shall be sheathed with medium density polyethylene, (MDPE). The minimum nominal jacket thickness shall be 1.4 mm. Jacketing material shall be applied directly over the tensile strength members and water blocking tape. The MDPE shall contain carbon black to provide ultraviolet light protection and shall not promote the growth of fungus. The cable jacket shall be free of holes, splits and blisters. Cable jackets shall be marked with sequential foot markings, year of manufacture and a telecommunication handset symbol, as required by Section 350G of the National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). The actual length of the cable shall be within 0 to 1% of the length markings. The marking shall be in contrasting color to the cable jacket. The height of the marking shall be easily readable.

(d) Environmental Parameters

a) Shipping, storage and operating temperature range of the cable as defined by Bellcore GR-12 shall be;

-40°C to +75°C (-40°F to +167°F) b) Operating temperature range of the cable as defined by Bellcore GR-12 shall be; -40°C to +70°C

(-40°F to 158°F) c) Installation temperature range of the cable as defined by Bellcore GR-12 shall be; -30°C to +60°C

(-22°F to +140°F)

Page 121: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

119

-4- REVISION OF SECTION 614

FIBER OPTIC CABLE (SINGLE MODE) (e) Quality Assurance

a) All optical fibers shall be 100% attenuation tested. The attenuation of each fiber shall be provided with each cable reel.

b) The cable manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 registered.

(f) Packaging

a) The complete cable shall be packaged for shipment on non-returnable wooden reels.

b) Top and bottom ends of the cable shall be available for testing.

c) Both ends of the cable shall be sealed to prevent the ingress of moisture.

d) Each reel shall have a weatherproof reel tag attached identifying the reel and cable.

e) Each cable shall be accompanied by a cable data sheet that contains significant information on the cable.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with two copies of the cable manufacturer’s installation instructions for all fiber optic cable. All installations shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations except as otherwise directed by the Engineer. All additional costs including fiber optic cable associated to damages caused by the Contractor’s neglect of recommended procedures shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. The Contractor shall submit a Method Statement to the Engineer indicating cable routing, splice points and cable end splicing locations. Installation of the cable will not be permitted until the schematic diagram has been approved by the Engineer. Fiber optic cable including both backbone cables and lateral cables shall be installed in continuous runs. Under no conditions shall fiber optic cable be cut or spliced at intermediate points without express written direction from the Engineer. Blowing cable is an acceptable alternative to pulling cable. If the Contractor chooses to use this method, submittals for cable installation shall be submitted along with complete information on fiber installation equipment. The maximum pulling tension shall be 2700 N (600 lbs) during installation (short term) and 890 N (200 lbs) long term installed. All cables shall have a minimum bending radius based on the diameter of the cable and shall meet the following;

a) Pulled under tension, (Short Term) – 20 (Twenty times the cable diameter) b) Pulled not under tension, (Long Term) – 10 (Ten times the cable diameter)

Page 122: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

120

-5- REVISION OF SECTION 614

FIBER OPTIC CABLE (SINGLE MODE) The fiber optic cable shall be installed in the conduit with a split-mesh cable grip to provide a firm hold on the exterior covering of the cable.

The manufacturer’s recommended limits for cable pull lengths shall not be exceeded. The Contractor shall use a pulley system with a numerical readout indicating the cable tension. The pulley system shall be capable of alerting the installer when the cable pulling tension approaches the manufacturer’s maximum allowable tension. The Contractor may supplement this procedure with a breakaway tension limiter set below the lowest recommended tensile limit of the cables being pulled. Intermediate pulleys shall be used at all pull boxes or manholes along the installation run to prevent cable damage. If cable installation limits are met and the entire length cannot be installed completely from the shipping reel, installation shall be continued from the mid-point of the run. The Contractor shall first pull one-half of the cable from the reel at the mid-point through the conduit to one end of the run. The other half of the cable shall be removed from the reel and carefully placed on the ground in a figure eight pattern with a minimum loop diameter of 10 feet. While installing the remaining cable, care shall be taken to avoid any dragging against the ground resulting in damage or excess bending of the cable. The Contractor shall not kink, twist or bend the cable during installation coiling or uncoiling.

The cable shall be continuously lubricated as it enters the conduit. The Contractor shall only use pulling lubricants recommended by the cable manufacturer. Liquid detergent shall not be used.

If the Contractor must install new cable in conduits which contain existing fiber or electrical wiring, the Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the existing cables or wires. After this installation the Contractor shall perform a functional test of all the equipment connected by the existing fiber cables or electrical wiring to ensure proper working conditions. If an existing fiber optic cable is damaged during construction, it shall be removed from both points of termination and replaced, at no cost to the project. In no case shall the fill of any new conduit exceed the requirements of the National Electrical Code. The Contractor shall provide documentation to the Engineer supporting the conduit fill. All costs associated with equipment testing and repairs shall be included in the cost of the Fiber Optic Cable. Lateral cables shall be installed in continuous runs from the backbone splice location to the field equipment cabinet. Odd length cables and reel ends are acceptable for lateral cables provided they are pre-tested and free of defects and are of sufficient lengths to archive continuous runs. Lateral cables shall have slack and include a maximum of three locations of appropriate strain relief within all field equipment cabinets. All fiber optic cables shall include identification labels attached to the cable in each pull box, manhole or field equipment cabinet. The label shall be provided with information as shown on the Project Detail Sheet. The Contractor shall splice fiber cables at locations shown on the plans. All splices shall be enclosed within a splice closure as approved by the Engineer. Following successful splicing, the splice closure shall be placed inside the pull box or manhole. The Contractor shall use tools and hardware recommended by the cable manufacturer.

Page 123: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

121

-6- REVISION OF SECTION 614

FIBER OPTIC CABLE (SINGLE MODE) Only proposed active (lit) fibers shall be spliced in the closure and terminated in the field communications cabinet. All unused (dark) fibers of both the backbone and lateral cables shall remain uncut and be neatly coiled in the splice tray within the closure. All unused buffer tubes shall remain uncut and neatly coiled along with the buffer tubes used for splicing in appropriate location in the splice closure. Backbone and lateral buffer tubes and fiber strands shall be labeled on the splice tray prior to sealing of the closure as shown on the Project Detail Sheet. The Contractor shall coil 100 feet of backbone cable in the manholes. The Contractor shall coil 50 feet of backbone cable in pull boxes. The Contractor shall coil 50 feet of lateral cable in the manholes. The Contractor shall coil 25 feet of Lateral cable in pull boxes. The Contractor shall ensure that all cable coils and splice canisters are attached to the cable management hardware in all pull boxes and manholes. The Contractor shall terminate the lateral cable at the field equipment cabinet using a buffer tube fan-out kit. Fanned-out fiber strands shall be terminated in a termination block with ST connectors. The Contractor shall submit a final documentation package. The final documentation package shall include the cable manufacturer’s installation procedures, technical support documentation and material documentation. These documents shall match the original submittals provided to the Engineer.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Fiber Optic Cable shall be measured by the Linear Foot for both backbone and lateral cable and shall include all labor and materials required to install, splice and terminate the cable to make a complete and operational system and shall include the following items: 1. All required splicing, splice closures, splice kits, hardware, splicing tools and labor to accomplish the

splices. 2. All required termination panels in field equipment cabinets. 3. All required fan-out kits, hardware and labor to accomplish fan-out. 4. All required termination connectors, adapters, jumpers, pigtails, hardware and labor required to

accomplish lateral cable terminations. 5. Identification labels for both backbone and lateral fiber cables in each pull box, manhole and field

equipment cabinet. 6. As Built Documentation

Page 124: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

122

-7- REVISION OF SECTION 614

FIBER OPTIC CABLE (SINGLE MODE)

METHOD OF PAYMENT Payment for Fiber Optic Cable will be made according to the following schedule:

50% upon completion of cable installation 50% upon the review and acceptance of all fiber test results showing the conformance to this specification and Revision of 614 Test Fiber Optic Cable.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Fiber Optic Cable (Single-Mode) (12 Strands) Linear Foot Fiber Optic Cable (Single-Mode) (168 Strands Linear Foot Fiber Optic Cable (Single-Mode) (180 Strands) Linear Foot

Testing Fiber Optic Cable will not be measured or paid for separately. See Revision of Section 614 Test Fiber Optic Cable.

Page 125: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

123

REVISION OF SECTION 614 FIBER OPTIC PRE-CONNECTORIZED CABLE

Section 614 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:

DESCRIPTION This work consists of the installation of fiber optic pre-connectorized patch cables in traffic signal cabinets, ramp metering cabinets and automated traffic recorder station cabinets for connection of optical devices from the termination panel to the optical device. Patch cables for these devices shall also be installed in the Colorado Transportation Management Center. At the Ethernet Router locations, course wavelength division multiplexor (CWDM) shall be used and shall require bend intensive fiber optic pre-connectorized patch cables. Bend intensive (optimized) pre-connectorized patch cable shall also be required for CWDM optical connections at the Colorado Transportation Management Center. Ethernet Router location

MATERIALS The pre-connectorized cables for traffic signal cabinets, ramp metering cabinets and automated traffic recorder stations shall be jacketed for extra protection and shall be provided with pre-connectorized connectors on both ends to match the optical connectors to which they connect. Connectors shall be pre-terminated by the manufacturer with a convex physical contact (PC) polish on the ferrule end to reduce reflection. The measured attenuation of the connector (inclusive of coupler and mated test connector) shall not exceed an average of 0.3 dB for all connectors provided. Any connector found in excess of 0.5 dB shall be rejected. Reflectance shall be less than -40 dB from 14º F to 140º F (-10ºC to +60ºC ). The manufacturer shall have a program that periodically tests connectors to ensure than after 1000 re-matings, the attenuation will not change more than 0.2 dB. The connector shall be able to withstand an axial pull of 25 lbs. with no physical damage to the connector and no permanent optical degradation more than 0.3 dB. The pre-connectorized cables for CWDM optics modules shall be jacketed for extra protection and shall be provided with pre-connectorized connectors on both ends to match the optical connectors to which they connect. Connectors shall be pre-terminated by the manufacturer. Duplex patch cables shall be installed in all field cabinets for connection from the patch panel to the CWDM optic. In the Colorado Transportation Management Center Data Center, simplex patch cables shall be installed for connection from the 8-Channel Course Wavelength Division Multiplexing LGX Module port to the CISCO Ethernet Router optics. The bend intensive (optimized) cable shall be used to enable tight bend radii and routing to help alleviate data loss. Single mode fiber optic cables for installation in field cabinets shall be made with bend insensitive fiber satisfying International Telecommunication Union (ITU) G.657 category A1 recommendations. The cable shall have a ‘tactical’ polyurethane jacket to resist bending. The bend intensive (optimized) patch cable shall have the following requirements for simplex cables;

Yellow PVC Jacket Material Nominal Dimension: 2.95 mm Weight: 16 Lbs./KM Pull Load (N): 1332 (Install) / 1066 (Operate)

Page 126: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

124

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 614

FIBER OPTIC PRE-CONNECTORIZED CABLE

Bend Radius: 10mm (1 Turn) Core Size: 9/125 Attenuation: 0.50 dB/Km at 1550nm (Maximum) Link Lengths at 1550nm: 10,000 Mtr (For 1GB/s) – 5,000 Mtr (For 10 GB/s)

The bend intensive (optimized) patch cable shall have the following requirements for duplex cables;

Yellow PVC Jacket Material Nominal Dimension: 2.95 mm x 5.8 mm Weight: 32 Lbs./KM Pull Load (N): 2664 (Install) / 2132 (Operate) Bend Radius: 10mm (1 Turn) Core Size: 9/125 Attenuation: 0.50 dB/Km at 1550nm (Maximum) Link Lengths at 1550nm: 10,000 Mtr (For 1GB/s) – 5,000 Mtr (For 10 GB/s)

The bend intensive (optimized) pre-connectorized patch cable shall meet the following specifications: Patch Cable Connectors

EIA, TIA-55 (FOCIS) UL94 V-O GR-326, Issue 3 Specifications

Cable Telcordia GR-409

All connectors shall have ceramic ferrules. The cables shall contain the exact number of loose tube fibers and connectors to connect the optical equipment. If the optical equipment transmits and receives data on a single fiber, the pre-connectorized cable shall contain only a single fiber, (simplex). When the optical device transmits and received data on two or four fibers, a pre-connectorized cable shall be provided with 2 (two) fibers per cable, (duplex), for each bulkhead pair, (transmit and receive). Single mode fiber optic cables for installation in field cabinets shall be made with bend insensitive fiber satisfying International Telecommunication Union (ITU) G.657 category A1 recommendations. The cable shall have a ‘tactical’ polyurethane jacket to resist bending.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Connectors shall be compatible with both the connectors on the optical devices and the termination patch panel bulkhead panels. At the CTMC, the pre-connectorized cables shall be installed in the cable management hardware in the equipment racks. The Contractor shall provide patch cables of sufficient length to span from the fiber

Page 127: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

125

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 614

FIBER OPTIC PRE-CONNECTORIZED CABLE patch panel to the optical network device. This length shall include a maximum of 4 feet of slack cable. Appropriate cable management shall be used while installing cables. Prior to installation, all pre-connectorized cable bulkhead connectors shall be cleaned with lint-fee fiber wipes moistened with Isopropyl Alcohol 99% U.S.P. After cleaning with alcohol, the bulkhead shall be cleaned with an optical connector cleaner to ensure the all residue is removed from the bulkhead surface.

Any manufacturer testing reports showing db loss for both Side A and Side B of the pre-connectorized cables shall be submitted as part of the as-built documentation. Installation location shall be noted on the test report for future reference. At the CTMC cables shall have identification labels at each end indicating patch panel number, field device and field device location. At all field device locations, each cable shall have individual labels indicating the devices, lateral fiber color and the data transmitting description, (example: Tx or Rx). Patch cable labeling shall be as shown on the Project Detail Sheet. The pre-connectorized cables shall be provided in the following lengths. Field Device Cabinets 3 Feet – 0 Inch maximum

CTMC Cable shall be of sufficient length to accommodate connection of each individual optical device to the equipment rack termination panel while allowing for appropriate slack.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Fiber optic pre-connectorized cables and labeling will not be measured or paid for separately but will be considered subsidiary to the individual optical device item and shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to complete the work. Also included shall be all information labeling in the field device cabinet termination panels.

Page 128: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

126

REVISION OF SECTION 614 IMPACT ATTENUATOR (QUADGUARD) (WIDE)

Section 614 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:

DESCRIPTION This work consists of furnishing and installing wide hazard impact attenuators. This work shall be done in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines and details shown on the plans or established.

MATERIALS The impact attenuator shall be the following:

QUADGUARD Wide System as manufactured by Energy Absorption Systems, Inc., One East Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60601

The design speed of this portion of the roadway is 65 miles per hour. The impact attenuator shall meet the following design parameters:

NCHRP Report 350 Test Level: TL -3 Hazard Width: 120” Bi-directional: No Location: Gore Object to be shielded: Guardrail Type 3

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

The site shall be prepared to receive the impact attenuator by filling, excavating, smoothing, constructing the concrete foundation pad, installing approved transition and anchoring, and all other work necessary for the proper installation of the attenuator. The foundation pad shall be 6 inch thick reinforced concrete or 8 inch thick non-reinforced concrete. Other foundations may be used, if recommended by the impact attenuator manufacturer, and approved by the Engineer. The impact attenuator shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer’s installation instructions and parts list to the Engineer prior to installation of the device. Each installation shall be supervised and certified as correct upon completion by a representative of the device manufacturer or by an employee of the Contractor who is a certified installer. The Contractor shall submit all appropriate documentation to validate that the certified installer has completed device training and has been registered with the manufacturer as a certified installer.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Impact attenuators will be measured by the actual number of attenuators that are installed and accepted.

Page 129: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

127

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 614

IMPACT ATTENUATOR (QUADGUARD) (WIDE)

BASIS OF PAYMENT The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for the pay item listed below. Payment will be made under: Pay Items Pay Unit Impact Attenuator (QuadGuard) (Wide) Each Payment will be full compensation for all work and materials required to furnish, install, and certify the impact attenuator. Site preparation, pavement pad and all necessary hardware including anchors and transitions will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. All costs associated with either having a manufacturer's representative on-site, or training and certifying an employee of the Contractor as a certified installer, will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.

Page 130: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

128

REVISION OF SECTION 614 TEST FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Section 614 of the Standard specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 614.01 shall include the following:

Test fiber optic cable shall include an OTDR on reel test and on all fiber optic cable strands install on the project by the Contractor. In addition, an optical power meter test shall be conducted on fiber strands from all device locations to the regeneration node buildings. Contractor shall use the Optical Spectrum Analyzer purchased as part of this project to test all course wavelength division multiplexing wavelengths (CWDM). Testing shall be conducted for all CWDM optics at the Colorado Transportation Management Center (CTMC) to individual field Ethernet field Routeres and from the field Routeres to the CTMC. This testing shall commence after all fiber optic cable is tested as stated in this specification. Bidirectional wavelengths shall be tested at all optics to ensure the proper wavelength is being dropped at the Ethernet Routeres and in turn sent to the CTMC. As part of the CWDM design all wavelengths will travel on single fibers, and dropped to individual Ethernet Routeres in the field. Tests shall b required at all Router locations to ensure the proper wavelength is delivered and transmitted. If required, CTMC personnel will aid in this testing.

Subsection 614.08 shall include the following: (r) Test Fiber Optic Cable. For this project this work shall consist of the testing of either multimode or

Single Mode fiber optic cable as shown and tabulated in the plans. The testing procedures involve an OTDR test and an Optical Power Meter Test.

Guidelines for fiber optic cable testing include:

(1) Test jumpers and patch cords must be of the same fiber core size and connector type as the cable

system: Multimode fiber 62.5/125 m Single Mode fiber 8.3/125 m

(2) The light source and OTDR must operate within the range of 85030 nm or 130020 nm for

multimode testing in accordance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-526-14.

(3) The light source and OTDR must operate with the range of 131010 nm or 155020 nm for Single Mode testing in accordance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-526-7.

(4) The power meter and the light source must be set to the same wavelength during testing.

(5) The power meter must be calibrated and traceable to the National Institute of Standards and

Technology (NIST).

(6) All system connectors, adapters and jumpers must be cleaned as per manufacturer’s instructions before measurements are taken.

Page 131: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

129

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 614 TEST FIBER OPTIC CABLE

A) Fiber Optic Cable Testing Equipment. The following is required to perform fiber optic cable tests:

(1) An OTDR (2) A test reel, if necessary (3) A light source at the appropriate wavelength (4) Optical Power Measurement Equipment (5) Test Jumpers as specified below

Multimode Fiber Testing CPR Test Jumper-1 shall be 1-5 meters long with connectors compatible with the light source and power meter and have the same fiber construction as the link segment being tested. CPR Test Jumper-2 shall be 1-5 meters long with connectors compatible with the light source and power meter. Test Jumper-2 shall contain Class IV a single-mode fiber for tests on 1300 nm light sources and from which is single-moded at 850 m for tests on 850 nm light sources.

Single Mode Fiber Testing

CPR Test Jumper-1 and Test Jumper-2 shall be 1-5 meters long with connectors compatible with the light source and power meter and have the same fiber construction as the link segment being tested.

B) Optical Fiber Cable Testing with OTDR. The Contractor shall perform an OTDR test of all fibers in all

tubes on the reel prior to installation of the fiber. The test results shall be supplied to the Engineer prior to installation of the cable.

If the fiber is specified as “Install Only”, the Contractor shall test the fiber on the reel and provide the test results to the Engineer prior to accepting the cable. After installation, if there are unused portions of cable remaining on the reel, the Engineer may request the Contractor or other qualified technician to perform a reel test. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer the test results prior to delivering the cable to the Engineer. Any cable damaged while in the Contractor’s possession shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense.

All fiber testing shall be performed on all fibers in the completed end-to-end system. Testing shall consist of a bi-directional end-to-end OTDR trace performed per TIA/EIA-455-61. The system margin loss measurements shall be provided at 850 and 1300 nm for multimode fibers and 1310 and 1550 for Single Mode fibers. If the Plans require installation of a fiber optic patch panel, the Contractor shall supply patch cords to patch all terminated fibers through the panel for all fiber testing. If patch cords are specified in the Plans for final equipment installation, these patch cords shall be connected using a test coupling for the end-to-end test.

Page 132: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

130

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 614 TEST FIBER OPTIC CABLE

OTDR readings will be used to ensure proper installation and to troubleshoot faults. OTDR signature traces will be used for documentation and maintenance. An OTDR provides an indirect estimate of the loss of the cable plant, generally, more accurate or reliable values will be obtained by using an Optical Power Meter. For fibers that are identified in the Plans to be left unterminated, an OTDR shall be used to test end-to-end attenuation.

Loss numbers for the installed link shall be calculated by taking the sum of the bi-directional measurements and dividing that sum by two.

The Contractor shall use an OTDR that is capable of storing traces electronically and shall save each final trace.

To ensure the traces identify the end points of the fiber under test and the fiber designation, the Contractor shall use a test reel, if required, to eliminate the “dead zone” at the start of the trace so that the start of the fiber under test can be identified on the trace. Indicate the length of the test reel for all test results.

If the fiber designation is not indicated on the trace itself, the Contractor shall provide a cross-reference table between the stored trace file name and the fiber designation.

In compliance with EIA/TIA-455-61 “Measurement of Fiber or Cable Attenuation Using an OTDR” the Contractor shall record the following information during the test procedure:

(1) Names of personnel conducting the test. (2) Type of test equipment used (manufacturer, model, serial number, calibration date). (3) Date test is being performed. (4) Optical source wavelength and spectral width. (5) Fiber identification. (6) End point locations. (7) Launch conditions (8) Method of calculation for the attenuation or attenuation coefficient. (9) Acceptable link attenuation.

TestCoupling

TestCoupling

Test Patch CordsSupplied byContractor

TransceiverPatch Cords

TransceiverPatch Cords

Page 133: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

131

-4- REVISION OF SECTION 614 TEST FIBER OPTIC CABLE

C) Optic Fiber Cable Testing with Optical Power Meter. The Contractor shall conduct an Optical Power

Meter Test for each fiber installed.

Multimode segments shall be tested in one direction at both the 850 nm and the 1300 nm wavelength.

Single Mode segments shall be tested in one direction at both the 1310 nm and 1550 nm wavelength.

In compliance with TIA/EIA-526-14A “Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable Plant” and TIA/EIA-526-7 “Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode Fiber Cable Plant,” the following information shall be recorded during the test procedure:

(1) Names of personnel conducting the test. (2) Type of test equipment used (manufacturer, model, serial number, calibration date). (3) Date test is being performed. (4) Optical source wavelength, spectral width, and for multimode, the coupled power ratio (CPR). (5) Fiber identification.

(6) End point locations. (7) Test direction. (8) Reference power measurement (when not using a power meter with a Relative Power Measurement

Mode). (9) Measured attenuation of the link segment.

(19) Acceptable link attenuation.

The minor attenuation differences due to test direction are on par with the accuracy and repeatability of the test method. Lateral segments within a building are limited to 90 meters. Therefore, attenuation differences caused by wavelength are insignificant, and as a result, single wavelength testing is sufficient.

D) Acceptable Attenuation Values. Acceptable attenuation values shall be calculated for each fiber

tested. These values represent the maximum acceptable test values. 1) Multimode Fiber. The general attenuation equation for any multimode link segment is as

follows:

Acceptable Link Attn.=Cable Attn.+Connection Attn.+Splice Attn.+CPR Adj.

62.5 m Multi-mode Attenuation Coefficients:

Cable Attn.=Cable Length (km) x (3.40 dB/km@850 nm or 1.00 dB/km@1300 nm) Connection Attn. (ST or SC connectors)=(No. of Connections x 0.39 dB)+0.42 dB. Connection Attn. (LC connectors)=(No. of Connections x 0.14 dB)+0.24 dB. Splice Attn. (Mechanical or Fusion)=Splices x 0.30 dB.

CPR Adj.=See table below.

A connection is defined as the joint made by mating two fibers terminated with re-mateable connectors (e.g. ST, SC, LC).

Page 134: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

132

-5- REVISION OF SECTION 614 TEST FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Multi-mode Light Source CPR Adjustment

Cat. 1

Overfilled Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 4

Cat. 5 Underfilled

Links with ST or SC Connections +0.50 0.00 -0.25 -0.50 -0.75

Links with LC Connections +0.25 0.00 -0.10 -0.20 -0.30

The Coupled Power Ratio of a light source is a measure of the modal power distribution launched into a multimode fiber. A light source that launches a higher percentage of its power into the higher order modes of a multimode fiber produces a more over-filled condition and is classified as a lower category than a light source that launches more of its power into just the lower order modes producing an under-filled condition. Under-filled conditions result in lower link attenuation, while over-filled conditions produce higher attenuation. Therefore, adjusting the acceptable link attenuation equation to compensate for a light source’s launch characteristics increases the accuracy of the test procedure.

7) Singlemode Fiber. The general attenuation equation for any Single Mode link segment is as follows:

Acceptable Link Attn. = Cable Attn. + Connector Attn. + Splice Attn.

8.3 m Single-mode Attenuation Coefficients:

Cable Attn.=Cable Length (km) x (0.34 dB/km@1310 nm or 0.25 dB/km@1550 nm) Connection Attn. (ST or SC connectors)=(No. of Connections x 0.39 dB)+0.42 dB. Connection Attn. (LC connectors)=(No. of Connections x 0.14 dB)+0.24 dB. Splice Attn. (Mechanical or Fusion)=Splices x 0.30 dB.

E) Test Procedures. All fiber testing shall be performed on all fibers in the completed end-to-end system.

(1) Multimode Fiber. The multimode fiber cable test shall be conducted as follows:

Clean the test jumper connectors and the test coupling per manufacturer’s instructions. Follow the test equipment manufacturer’s initial adjustment instructions. Connect Test Jumper-1 between the light source and the power meter. Avoid placing bends in the jumper that are less than 100 mm (4 inches) in diameter.

If the power meter has a Relative Power Measurement Mode, select it. If it does not, reduce the Reference Power Measurement (Pref). If the meter can display power levels in dBm, select this unit of measurement to simplify subsequent calculations. Disconnect Test Jumper-1 from the power meter. Do NOT disconnect the test jumper from the light source.

TX RXOpticalPowerMeter

LightSource

Test Jumper-1

Page 135: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

133

-6- REVISION OF SECTION 614 TEST FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Connect Test Jumper-2 between the power meter and Test Jumper-1 using the test coupling. Test Jumper-2 should include a high order mode filter. This can be accomplished by wrapping the jumper three times around a 30 mm (1.2 inches) diameter mandrel.

Record the Power Measurement (Psum). If the power meter is in Relative Power Measurement Mode, the meter reading represents the CPR value. If the meter does not have a Relative Power Measurement Mode, perform the following calculation:

If Psum and Pref are in the same logarithmic units (dBm, dBu, etc.): CPR (dB) = Psum - Pref If Psum and Pref are in watts: CPR (dB)= 10 x log10 [Osum/Pref]

(2) Single Mode Fiber. The Single Mode Optical Power Meter fiber test shall be conducted as follows:

Clean the test jumper connectors and the test coupling per manufacturer’s instructions. Follow the test equipment manufacturer’s initial adjustment instructions. Connect Test Jumper-1 between the light source and the power meter. Avoid placing bends in the jumper that are less than 100 mm (4 inches) in diameter.

If the power meter has a Relative Power Measurement Mode, select it. If it does not, reduce the Reference Power Measurement (Pref). If the meter can display power levels in dBm, select this unit of measurement to simplify subsequent calculations. Disconnect Test Jumper-1 from the power meter. Do NOT disconnect the test jumper from the light source.

Attach Test Jumper-1 to one end of the cable plant to be measured and Test Jumper-2 to the other end.

TX RXOpticalPower Meter

LightSource

Test Jumper-2Test Jumper-1

TestCoupling

Mode FilterMandrel Wrap

TX RXOpticalPowerMeter

LightSource

Test Jumper-1

TX RXOpticalPowerMeter

LightSource

Test Jumper-2Test Jumper-1

TestCoupling

TestCoupling

Page 136: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

134

-7- REVISION OF SECTION 614 TEST FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Record the Power Measurement (Psum). If the power meter is in Relative Power Measurement Mode, the meter reading represents the true value. If the meter does not have a Relative Power Measurement Mode, perform the following calculation:

If Psum and Pref are in the same logarithmic units (dBm, dBu, etc.): CPR (dB) = Psum - Pref If Psum and Pref are in watts: CPR (dB)= 10 x log10 [Osum/Pref]

F) Test Acceptance. The Contractor shall demonstrate that each Optical Power Test results in

acceptable attenuation values.

The Contractor, solely at the Contractor’s cost, shall remake any fusion splices that have test results exceeding acceptable attenuation values. The Contractor, solely at the Contractor’s cost, shall retest any fiber links that have been re-spliced.

The Contractor, solely at the Contractor’s cost, shall bring any link not meeting the requirements of this specification into compliance.

G) Submittals. The Contractor shall submit test results documentation as both a hard copy and

electronic copy. After each reel test, the Contractor shall submit four (4) hard copies of the OTDR trace for every fiber on the reel. After installation, the Contractor shall submit four (4) hard copies of the OTDR trace for every spliced fiber. Hard copy traces shall be organized and bound in logical order in an 8 ½” x 11” 3 ring hard cover binder in addition to other documentation listed in this Special Provision and other splicing documentation listed in the project Special Provision package. The Contractor shall submit, after approval of the hard copy traces, electronic copies of all traces and appropriate software to allow reading the traces. The Contractor shall submit four (4) copies of all Optical Power Test results. The Contractor shall submit four (4) copies of the complete contract Plans, including additional drawings issued as part of any change orders, revisions to the project plans during fiber optic work with any deviations clearly marked in color. Deviations to be noted and shall include but not be limited to the following: Fiber Splice location (1) Fiber Splice configuration (2) Termination layout

Page 137: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

135

-8- REVISION OF SECTION 614 TEST FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Subsection 614.13 shall include the following: Test Fiber Optic Cable will be measured by on reel testing of all fiber strands complete end-to-end OTDR tests and power meter tests on the fiber, including labor, materials, document submission necessary to complete the work. Subsection 614.14 shall include the following: Test Fiber Optic Cable will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of Item 614 – Fiber Optic Cable (Single Mode).

Page 138: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

136

REVISION OF SECTION 620 FIELD FACILITIES (SPECIAL)

Section 620 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Delete Subsection 620.02 and replace with the following: Field offices shall conform to the details shown on the plans and to the requirements of this section. The field office for this project shall be a Field office (Special) conforming to the following requirements: Outside Dimensions. The Field office (Special) shall be a minimum of 70 feet long x 24 feet wide x

7 feet high, exclusive of draw bar and steps;

Windows. A minimum of thirteen (13) capable of locking. All windows shall have steel mesh installed for security;

Doors. Ten (10) inside doors, nine (9) for office partitions and one (1) for the closet. The closet door shall be of solid wood with dead-bolt lock. Two outside doors shall be steel security with double cylinder (dual key) dead bolt locks. Reinforced decks and steps shall be installed at each outer door. An awning shall be provided for each door;

office Desks. A total of eight (8) desks shall be supplied by the Contractor. The top of the desks shall be free of scratches, chips, or dents.

Furniture / office Items. Shall adhere to the requirements below.

The Conference Room shall have the following items: One (1) conference table, 20 feet x 6 feet in dimension; Six (6) folding tables, 30” x 72” in dimension; Fifteen (15) folding chairs; Two (2) dry erase boards, 48” x 72” in dimension; One (1) cork bulletin board, 36” x 72” in dimension;

The Main office shall have the following items: One (1) desk, 6 feet wide x 3 feet deep with six (6) drawers and center pencil drawer. One (1) “high back” padded chair with rollers One (1) round conference table, 4 feet in diameter; Four (4) folding chairs; Two (2) cork bulletin boards, 24” x 36” in dimension; One (1) dry erase board, 48” x 72” in dimension; Two (2) bookcases 4 feet high x 4 feet wide x 16 inches deep with at least three (3) shelves;

Each Sub office (7 Total) shall have the following items: Two (2) padded chairs with rollers; One (1) desk, 5 feet x 2’-6” with six (6) drawers and center pencil drawer. One (1) bookcase, 4 feet high x 4 feet wide x 16 inches deep with at least three (3) shelves; Twelve (12) sets of keys for all locks

Fire Extinguisher. Two (2) 20-lbs. dry chemical extinguishers;

Page 139: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

137

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 620

FIELD FACILITIES (SPECIAL) Heating & Air Conditioning. Air conditioning and furnace with adequate capacity to sufficiently heat

and cool office with thermostat control. Filters shall be supplied and changed by the Contractor;

Electrical. A minimum of eighteen (18) 4 feet double 40 Watt tube fluorescent light fixtures located over desks and conference area and twenty-four (24) duplex outlets. One duplex outlet shall be located in the closet;

Closet. A closet totaling a minimum of thirty (30) SF with at least two shelves (1 foot minimum depth) fitted on each wall. The closet shall be equipped with a light and switch;

Cleaning Service. The Contractor shall provide a cleaning service, at least once per week as-directed, for both the Field office (Special) and Field Laboratory (Class 2). The cleaning service shall be provided by a professional and reliable firm as approved by the Engineer, and retained by the Contractor for this specific purpose.

The minimum inside height for the field office shall be 7 feet. The Field Facilities shall be model year 1998 or newer. The Field office (Special) shall be equipped with a facsimile machine, copy machine (the functions of both machines may be combined into a single machine or may be separate, as approved by the Engineer), and telephone service that conform to the following: Facsimile Machine. The facsimile machine shall print on plain paper and shall be capable of sending

8 ½ x 11 inch, 8 ½ x 14 inch, and 11 x 17 inch documents. The Contractor shall install and maintain the fax machine in the Engineer’s field office. Should the fax require repair and be out of service for more than 24 hours, a replacement machine shall be supplied within 24 hours. The Contractor shall supply all necessary supplies, including paper.

Copy Machine. The copy machine shall be a stand-alone model, and an automatic sorter. The copy machine shall have the following capabilities producing a minimum of 20 copies per minute; copying an original document of size 8 ½” x 11” up to 11” x 17”; An automatic document feeder capable of feeding a stack of up to 25 originals ranging in size

from 8 ½” x 11” through 11” x 17”; reducing 11 x 17 plan sheets to 8 ½ x 14 legal size and to 8 ½ x 11 letter size; two (2) standard paper cassettes accommodating paper sizes 8 ½” x 11” through 11” x 17”. Each cassette shall accept a minimum of 250 sheets for a minimum total of 500 sheets of paper

capacity; single sheet bypass for manual copying onto special stock not in paper cassettes and capable of

using copy paper size of 8 ½” x 11” through 11” x 17”; automatic exposure control to automatically control the exposure level for each original with a

manual light/dark exposure control and shall be capable of copying originals of both sheet and bound documents;

zoom magnification/reduction from 70% to 150% in 1% increments. scan pdf to e-mail capability network printing/scanning for all field office computers

Page 140: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

138

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 620

FIELD FACILITIES (SPECIAL) Telephone Service. The Contractor shall provide telephone service as described below. This service

shall include a long distance carrier. The Contractor will be responsible for actual long distance toll charges if approved by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall maintain all furnished equipment in good working condition and shall provide replacement equipment due to breakage, damage, or theft within five working days. The Contractor will provide paper, supplies, toner, parts, service and repairs for both the facsimile and copy machines as directed by the Engineer. Copy machine shall be capable of making 1 to 99 continuous copies and shall be capable of copying onto either lightweight (16 pound) or heavier (32 pound) paper. The Field office (Special) shall be provided with a minimum of eight (8) telephones or one for each separate office, whichever is greater. Each of the telephones provided shall be fully capable of utilizing either line. Four private lines shall be provided, one separate line each for the facsimile machine and the computer modem, and two separate lines with rollover capability for incoming calls. The lines provided for the Field office (Special) shall be separate from the line provided for the Field Laboratory. Jacks shall also be provided for connection to the facsimile machine and telephones. The Contractor shall provide a sufficient length of communications cord for the facsimile machine. The Contractor shall also provide eight (8) cat5 or cat6 Ethernet patch cables of sufficient length with RJ-45 end connections. The Contractor will be responsible for running these cables through the office such that each office will have a computer connection available. The Contractor shall provide computer broadband services for the entire duration that the Field office (Special) and in the Field Lab (Class 2) is in use by Department personnel. This broadband service shall have a connection speed of 20 Mbps or higher and shall be capable of supporting this connection speed on up to nine (9) computers simultaneously (1 computer in the Field Lab (Class 2). Broadband service shall consist of either DSL or T1 provided sufficient connection speed is maintained. Automatic electronic voice messaging, with message notification, shall be provided for the two Field office telephone lines. The system shall provide the capability to retrieve messages from any touch-tone telephone, and shall be capable of restricting access to those authorized by the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to comply with these provisions shall be considered sufficient reason for the Engineer to order, in writing, a work stoppage in accordance with the Contract provisions.

Page 141: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

139

-4- REVISION OF SECTION 620

FIELD FACILITIES (SPECIAL) Subsection 620.07 shall include the following: Security: The Field office (Special) and Field Laboratory (Class 2) shall each be equipped with

the following security systems and/or approved equal: Surveillance or silent watchman-type electronic security system installed in each of the field facilities and in the yard in which the facilities are set and as directed by the Engineer. This system shall be monitored 24 hours per day and shall include Police and CDOT employee notification. The Contractor shall install and maintain the system and pay all monthly service fees. Field facilities shall include and be provided with a security-fenced and lighted yard, one twenty foot double gate, adequate area to accommodate a Field office (Special), Field Lab (Class 2), Sanitary Facility, trash dumpster and parking for twelve vehicles. Field facilities shall be provided with all-weather surfacing and all-weather access. Acceptable all-weather surfacing shall be concrete or asphalt surface or as approved by the Engineer. The fenced area for facilities shall be for the exclusive use of the Engineer, unless otherwise approved.

Drinking Water: Drinking water shall be dispensed from a device that provides both hot and cold water. The Contractor will be responsible for providing sufficient drinking water for the CDOT staff for the duration of the project.

Trash: office size trash cans shall be provided for each office. A large dumpster shall be

provided outside of the field facilities for trash. Insurance: The Contractor shall provide insurance against theft or damage for all inventory

stored in the field facilities ($ 30,000 minimum). The Contractor shall maintain all furnished equipment and repair or replace any equipment damaged or stolen within five (5) working days.

Page 142: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

140

-5- REVISION OF SECTION 620

FIELD FACILITIES (SPECIAL) All Field Facilities shall be fully functional for the Engineer’s use from the first day of work, until 90 calendar days after project acceptance or until the Engineer requests removal in writing, whichever time is least. Subsection 620.06 shall include the following: The Contractor shall maintain the hot plate in good working condition and shall provide replacement equipment due to breakdown, damage, or theft within five working days. Subsection 620.08 shall include the following: The hot plate will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the contract unit price for Field Laboratory (Class 2). All costs included in this specification as well as all incidental costs shall be included in the original contract price for the Field office (Special) and Field Laboratory Class 2. Paper for the copy machine and paper for the facsimile machine will be provided by the Contractor. Restoration of the Field Facility site will be required unless otherwise directed. Restoration will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Field office (Special) Each Field Laboratory (Class 2) Each

Page 143: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

141

REVISION OF SECTION 621 DETOUR PAVEMENT

Section 621 is hereby added to the Standard Specifications for this project and shall include the following:

DESCRIPTION

Subsection 621.01 shall include the following: This work consists of constructing detour pavement as shown on the plans. Subsection 621.02 shall include the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for quality control required ensuring adequate quality of materials incorporated into the production Hot Mix Asphalt or Portland Cement Concrete used in the detour pavement. Subsection 621.03 shall include the following: Detour pavement construction shall include grading, sawing existing pavement and pavement appurtenances, embankment and/or excavation material, irrigation removal and replacement, capping inlets, planing, and other items of work necessary for the construction of detour pavement. The removal of the Detour Pavement shall be accomplished in accordance with the applicable sub-sections of Section 202. The Contractor shall construct temporary ditches, temporary culvert pipe, and maintain existing and new storm sewer necessary for the control of storm drainage, including maintaining existing and new inlets. The Contractor shall remove the detour pavement when it is no longer needed to maintain traffic. Where detour traffic will run over drainage inlets or manholes, the inlets or manholes will be modified by the contractor to provide a level riding surface, and the inlet grates will be securely fastened to the inlet using methods and materials that are not subject to failure from repeated traffic loading. Grate conditions will be checked daily, and shall be re-fastened immediately if found to be loose, or repaired if damaged. Plans for such inlet or manhole modifications will be stamped by a professional engineer and shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 30 days in advance of the modification work commencing. When detour traffic will no longer run over these inlets or manholes, the inlets or manholes will be modified again to permanent design configuration. All modification work and materials – to accommodate both detour conditions and for permanent conditions, shall be done as part of Detour Paving, and will not be paid for separately. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring all embankment construction for Detour Pavement is constructed in accordance with applicable portions of Section 203 of the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, 2011. The Contractor will provide detour interchange ramp connections to mainline detours throughout the duration of the construction project. Short duration ramp closures may be approved by the Engineer under special circumstances – see Traffic Control Plans. The Contractor shall provide emergency pullouts along mainline I-25 detours as shown in the plans. Pullouts will be used to temporarily store disabled vehicles, staging of incident management vehicles, and law enforcement vehicles. The minimum pullout length shall be 150 feet, not including transitions. The pullout shall be located on the outside shoulder of the highway. Transitions shall be made and 15:1 or

Page 144: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

142

-2- SECTION 621

DETOUR PAVEMENT

greater on the upstream side of the pullout, and 20:1 or greater on the downstream side of the pullout. The minimum pullout width shall be 12 feet, except where noted. The pullouts shall be signed for emergency parking only, shall have a paved surface, shall include advance signing in compliance with the MUTCD, and shall not be subject to ponding or other weather-related conditions that could render them unsafe or ineffective. The Contractor shall provide smooth pavement transitions between new and existing roadways. Transverse joints between new and existing pavement shall be constructed with Hot Mix Asphalt or as approved. Grade differences shall not exceed 4 percent break-over. Transverse joint tapers shall be 20’ horizontal to 1” vertical or flatter. Longitudinal joints which have a vertical drop-off shall be tapered with Hot Mix Asphalt. Tapers shall be 8 horizontal to 1 vertical or flatter. The recommended detour pavement thickness is 7.5 inches for Portland Cement Concrete and 10 inches for Hot Mix Asphalt. The Contractor may elect to use either concrete or asphalt as the detour pavement. Reuse and recycle of detour pavement is encouraged. If the materials and thickness furnished for the detour pavement result in an inadequate detour structure, the Contractor will provide additional thickness, materials, or other measures necessary to provide a satisfactory pavement for the life of the detour. These additional improvements shall be furnished at no additional cost. All necessary signs, pavement markings and other traffic control devices shall be provided in accordance with the traffic control plan.

The Contractor shall have a maintenance plan for all hours of the day (7 days a week) for executing a long term patch of damaged detour pavement, and have forces available to perform this work within 2 hours of notice of such damage. The contractor shall designate a person to be “on call” during all non-working hours, including no work periods as a point of contact for this work.

If the Engineer determines that the detour has deteriorated to the point where safety of the traveling public is compromised (i.e. potholes), the lane(s) in question shall be closed and the contractor shall be directed to execute their maintenance plan. If the contractor is unresponsive to this order by the engineer, CDOT maintenance forces will be mobilized to close the lane and maintain the closure until such time as the contractor is available to perform this work. CDOT Maintenance forces will be responsible for the lane closure only, and only until such time as the contractor arrives on site and relieves them. CDOT Maintenance will not be responsible for repair of any of the contract installed detour. All time and expense for CDOT Maintenance work will be tracked by the engineer, and deducted from money due to the contractor. Any lane closures that are required outside of the allowable lane closure hours will be charged as 'working time violation' as established in this contract.

Subsection 621.04 shall include the following: The Contractor shall maintain the detour for the entire period that it is open to traffic. Any distress that affects the ride, safety or serviceability of the detour roadway shall be corrected immediately at the Contractor’s expense as directed by the Engineer.

Page 145: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

143

-3- SECTION 621

DETOUR PAVEMENT Subsection 621.05 shall include the following: Detour pavement will be measured by the square yard of finished surface area. Temporary curb ramps shall be paid for as detour pavement. Ramp slopes shall be 12:1 or flatter. See CDOT Standard Plan M-609-1 for details. Subsection 621.06 shall include the following: The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below that appears in the bid schedule.

Pay Item Pay Unit Detour Pavement Square Yard

All work necessary and incidental to the construction of detour pavement, maintenance of detour pavement, including grading, sawing existing pavement and pavement appurtenances, embankment and/or excavation material, irrigation removal and replacement, capping inlets and manholes for a temporary condition and restoring to the permanent condition, removal of detour pavement, temporary ditches, culvert pipe, temporary curb ramps, maintaining existing and new storm sewers and inlets, and planing will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work.

Page 146: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

144

REVISION OF SECTION 622 BENCH

Section 622 is revised for this project as follows:

DESCRIPTION Subsection 622.01 shall include the following: This work shall include furnishing and installing a prefabricated bench in the location shown on the Drawings.

MATERIALS Subsection 622.02 shall include the following: Bench. 6 foot long, metal benches by Victor Stanley, #RB-12 powder-coated in RAL Color 6009 Fir Green. Benches shall be ordered with surface mount attachment.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 622.05 shall include the following: Install four (5/8 inch I.D.) anchor bolts and lock washers per bench. Epoxy anchor bolts into concrete pad.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 622.27 shall include the following: Benches shall include all work associated with installation.

BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 622.28 shall include the following: The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price listed below that appears in the bid schedule. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Bench Each

Page 147: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

145

REVISION OF SECTION 622 BICYCLE LOCKER

Subsection 622.01 shall include the following: This work consists of furnishing and installing prefabricated bicycle locker in the locations shown on the drawings.

MATERIALS Subsection 622.02 shall include the following: Bicycles locker. Prefabricated bicycle locker by American Bicycle Security, Model No. 352 with padlock handle, PN #010, in tan.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 622.03 shall include the following: Allow 5 foot clearance for both doors of bicycle locker. Install per manufacturer recommendations.

BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 622.04 shall include the following: The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for installed bicycle locker. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Bicycle Locker Each

Page 148: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

146

REVISION OF SECTION 622 BICYCLE RACK

Subsection 622.01 shall include the following: This work consists of furnishing and installing prefabricated bicycle racks in the locations shown on the drawings.

MATERIALS Subsection 622.02 shall include the following: Bicycles racks. Inverted U’s shall be fabricated from 2-1/2” Schedule 40 pipe, in accordance with ASTM F 1083, 1.90”x 0.145” wall. The U’s shall measure 38” high x 23” wide. The bicycle racks shall not be welded in sections. Only the base plate shall be welded to the steel pipe with two 1/8” vent holes – one on the inside of each upright where the pipe is welded to the baseplate. After fabrication, the rack shall be coated with Thermoplastic (polyethylene copolymer based) powder coating (polyarmor) to a thickness of 8-12 mils. Color shall be RAL 6009 Fir Green to match new bench. Expansion anchors for mounting shall be ½ inch x 3 inch stainless steel Hilti expansion anchors or approved equal. Apply silicone or polyurethane to bolt holes

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 622.03 shall include the following: Racks shall be surface mounted to concrete via 7-1/2” diameter baseplates (3/4”) thick steel with three 7/16” mounting holes on each base plate, spaced equidistant between the upright pipe and edge of the baseplate. Racks shall be set firm and aligned with a tolerance of plus or minus ¼” from plumb. Where required, steel tapered shims shall be installed prior to anchoring in place. Any departure of base plate from grade by more than 3/8” shall require the separation to be filled with high-strength epoxy non-shrinking grout and made level. Apply silicone or polyurethane to bolt holes before placing anchors.

BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 622.04 shall include the following: The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for installed bicycle rack. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Bicycle Rack Each

Page 149: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

147

REVISION OF SECTION 622 TRASH RECEPTACLE

Subsection 622.01 shall include the following: This work consists of furnishing and installing prefabricated trash receptacles in the locations shown on the drawings.

MATERIALS Subsection 622.02 shall include the following: Trash Receptacle. 35-Gallon capacity litter receptacle Ironsites SD-42 with S-2 steel dome lid by Victor Stanley, powder-coated RAL color 6009, Fir Green, to match bench and bicycle rack.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 622.03 shall include the following: Surface mount trash receptacle with anchor bolt in location shown on the plans as recommended by manufacturer.

BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 622.04 shall include the following: The accepted quantity will be paid for at the contract unit price for installed trash receptacle. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Trash Receptacle Each

Page 150: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

148

REVISION OF SECTION 623 IRRIGATION SYSTEM

Section 623 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Add to subsection 623.02 the following: 623.02 System includes connection to existing 6 inch stub out on Bierstadt Way with a meter and curb

stop as shown in the plans. Follow Meridian Metropolitan District details for meter installation. Coordinate all work with Meridian Metropolitan District prior to any excavation or material orders. Tasks also include connection of new control valve(s) to existing controller north of the RTD Kiss and Ride plaza. Provide wiring to controller and coordinate timing of valve(s) with Meridian Metropolitan District.

Add to subsection 623.07 the following: 623.07 Pop-up Sprays. Toro 570Z spray head equipped with Precision Spray Nozzle and purple head

cover. The nozzle shall utilize an internal oscillating chamber (chip) to accomplish water distribution from the spray head. The nozzles shall be constructed of a non-corrosive, impact-resistant, UV-resistant, heavy duty plastic material (PBT). The attached screen shall be molded of high density polypropylene. The chip material shall be PBT. The screen mesh shall be constructed such that any material moving through the screen will be smaller than the smallest orifice of any Precision nozzle preventing any nozzle plugging from external or internal debris. Sprinklers shall be mounted at grade.

Rotor Heads. Hunter PGP’s 4” pop-up with reclaimed water purple cover.

Delete subsection 623.09 and replace with the following: 623.09 Bubblers. Rainbird 1400 Series bubbler, 0.5 gpm each, 2 bubblers per tree in grate, installed

per Drawings. Bubbler discharge rate must not exceed soil infiltration rate. Top of bubbler shall not exceed 2” height above mulch soil surface.

Delete subsection 623.10 and replace with the following: 623.10 Plastic Pipe and Fittings. (a) Main Lines (pressurized, downstream of backflow prevention units). Class 200 PVC BE. All PVC

pipe will conform to the requirements of the United States Department of Commerce commercial standard Type 1-ASTM-D-2241. Main line water flow velocity shall not exceed five (5) feet per second.

(b) Lateral Lines. Class 200 PVC Piping - 1" minimum diameter. Velocity of water flow in

polyethylene pipe shall not exceed 7-1/2 feet per second. (c) Brass Pipe and Fittings. 85% red brass, ANSI Schedule 40 screwed pipe. Fittings - Medium brass,

screwed 125 pound class.

(d) Sleeving. 1. Horizontal sleeves under paved surfaces: Class 200 PVC. 2. Vertical sleeves for access to drains and valves: Class 200 PVC. 3. Horizontal sleeving for boring applications: HDPE

Page 151: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

149

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 623

IRRIGATION SYSTEM Delete subsection 623.11 and replace with the following: 623.11 Valves. (a) Automatic Control Valve. Rain Bird PEB-PRS Control Valve. (b) Mainline Pressure Reducing Valve. Included with control valve. (c) Gate Valve or Isolation Valve.10RT Ring Tite by Matco-Norca or approved equal.

Delete subsection 623.12 and replace with the following: 623.12 Valve Box. (a) Isolation Valves and Wire Splices. Carson Brooks T-cover 910-10 with purple valve box lid. Brand

lids: Isolation/Gate Valve with “GV” and Wire Splices with “WS”.

(b) Electric Control Valve Box. Shall have locking cover branded with the zone number. 1) Single valve location only, 3/4 inch through 2 inch: Carson Brooks 1419-12 with 1419-4B-T

cover with lock bolt kit. 2) No double or multiple valve clusters will be allowed. 3) Box Color for valves: purple 4) Gravel Leveling Bed and Drainage Sump in Valve Boxes: ¾” crushed gravel wrapped in

geotextile, as indicated on Drawings Delete first paragraph of subsection 623.17 and replace with the following: 623.17 Pipe Installation. Minimum cover for irrigation pipe shall be as follows:

Depth of mainline from top of pipe - 24” to 30" below finished grade Depth of mainline sleeving under roadways – 30” below finished grade Depth of mainline sleeving under sidewalks – 24” below finished grade Depth of lateral lines – 12” below finished grade Depth of lateral sleeving under sidewalk – 12” below finished grade Depth of wiring – side of mainline

Add to subsection 623.23 the following: 623.23 Pressure and Coverage Tests, and Adjustments. After the spray heads and bubblers have been installed, conduct a coverage test to determine if irrigated areas are receiving the proper amount of water. Make adjustments for proper coverage at no additional expense. Perform at no additional expense, the required work to correct any coverage problems due to deviations from irrigation plans that do not match field conditions.

Page 152: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

150

REVISION OF SECTION 624 DETOUR CULVERT PIPE

Section 624 of the Standard Specifications and Supplemental Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 624.01 shall include the following: This work consists of designing, furnishing, installing, maintaining and removal of a temporary highway culvert pipe system on I-25 for all phases of I-25 reconstruction. Subsection 624.03 shall include the following: The temporary culvert pipe system shall:

(a) Provide a drainage capacity equivalent to, or greater than, the existing or new permanent I-25 drainage system in place at the time of the temporary drainage system installation.

Alternative temporary culvert pipe system plans shall include:

(a) Drainage plans (b) Pipe sizes (c) Inlet sizes

The temporary highway culvert system may be constructed using new or used materials. Removed materials utilized for the temporary highway drainage system shall remain the property of the Contractor. Subsection 624.04 shall include the following: The completed and accepted work for the detour culvert pipe system will not be measured but will be paid for on a lump sum basis Subsection 624.05 shall include the following: The completed and accepted work for detour drainage pipe will be paid for at the contract price per lump sum appearing in the bid schedule. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Detour Culvert Pipe Lump Sum The design, completed and accepted work for the detour culvert pipe, maintenance of the detour culvert pipe, removal of the detour culvert pipe, and removal and replacement of appurtenances required to construct and operate the detour culvert pipe, will be paid for at the contract lump sum price. This price includes all labor, equipment and materials to complete the work.

Page 153: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

151

REVISION OF SECTION 626 PUBLIC INFORMATION SERVICES

Section 626 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 626.01 shall include the following: The Contractor shall provide the following public information services on an ongoing basis throughout the duration of the project: At the preconstruction conference the Contractor shall introduce the Public Information Manager (PIM) for the project and present a public information plan and strategies or methods for communicating project activities. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a preliminary list of stakeholder groups and specific stakeholders that need to receive ongoing communication about the project. The Contractor’s PIM may be the Contractor Project Superintendent if approved by the Engineer after consulting with the Region Public Relations Manager, or it may be another approved project staff person. The PIM shall have good verbal and written communications skills. The identity of the PIM and the PIM’S qualifications shall be submitted to the Engineer five days in advance of the preconstruction conference. The PIM shall be available on every working day, accessible and on call by cell phone or pager at all times and available upon the request of the Engineer at other than normal working hours. The PIM shall communicate with the Engineer daily. The Contractor shall establish a Public Information office (PIO) equipped with a telephone and an answering machine or answering device with the capability to record a message from the caller. This may be a cell phone, but must be a local number. The PIO shall be equipped with a computer and an e-mail account. The PIO may or may not be located within the Contractor’s regular office provided that the telephone has a local call number. The PIM shall record a friendly greeting on the project’s published phone line each week, updating the message throughout the week, as necessary, depending on changes in work schedule, activities and traffic impacts. The recording shall include each week’s forthcoming activities including work days, hours and expected traffic delays, posted detours, project completion date, and office hours. The PIM shall check the answering machine at least twice every calendar day, including weekends. The PIM shall respond to callers and e-mail inquiries as soon as possible, but at least within 24 hours. The PIM shall keep a logbook of all calls including the contact name, date of contact, date responded, the contact's comments, and the action the PIM took. A copy of this log shall be submitted to the Engineer every two weeks or more frequently, as requested by the Engineer. The PIM shall maintain communications with businesses and individual residences, commuters, local government entities and all other stakeholders that are directly adjacent to and affected by the project. Using a communications method or strategy approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall notify stakeholders about the project two weeks prior to beginning any lane restrictions or project activities. Depending upon project impacts, contact with stakeholders may be required daily, weekly, monthly or periodically throughout the duration of the project. Communications tools could include hand flyers, door hangers, newsletters, mailers, using e-mail distribution lists, etc. All public information correspondence and subsequent updates must be approved by the Engineer 48 hours before distribution. Each communication tool shall include contact information, PIM’s name, office phone, CDOT Web-site address with CDOT logo. Cell phone numbers and e-mail addresses shall be provided where service is available. The communication shall include the description of work, lane restrictions, a detour map if warranted, the anticipated start and completion dates, hours of operation and work schedule, and a Slow for the Cone Zone message.

Page 154: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

152

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 626

PUBLIC INFORMATION SERVICES The Contractor shall erect construction traffic signs with the dates the Contractor expects to initiate and complete construction and with the Contractor’s public information office's or PIM’s phone number at each major approach to the project. The signs shall conform to the requirements of Section 630 and shall be erected at least one week prior to the beginning of construction. CDOT’s Region Public Relations Manager will write and distribute all News Releases to the media and handle all media relations and outreach unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The Contractor superintendent or PIM shall submit weekly lane closure reports using the template provided by the Engineer for transmittal to the CDOT PR Region Manager, the CDOT PR Web-site Manager, and the CDOT Traffic Operations Center The Public Information Services Contact Sheet shall include the following:

Public Information Services Contact Sheet Owners:

Colorado Department of Transportation Project Engineer Name: James Moreau Address: 7328 S. Revere Parkway, Suite 204A, Centennial, CO 80112 Cell: 720-951-1663 Email: [email protected]

Colorado Department of Transportation, Region Public Relations Manager Name: Crystal Morgan Address: 4201 East Arkansas Avenue, Denver, CO 80222 Phone: 303- 512-5995 Cell: 303-819-0345 Email: [email protected] Colorado Department of Transportation, Colorado Traffic Management Center 425-C Corporate Circle, Golden, CO 80401 Phone: 303- 512-5830 Fax: 303- 274-9394

Other Contacts:

Colorado State Patrol Regional Manager Lynnette Stieb 700 Kipling Street Lakewood, CO 80215 Phone: 303-239-4501 (Denver Regional Communication Center) Fax: 303-239-4562 Douglas County Name: Art Griffith Address: 100 Third Street, Castle Rock, CO 80104 Phone: (303) 660-7490

Page 155: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

153

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 626

PUBLIC INFORMATION SERVICES

City of Lone Tree Name: John Cotten Address: 9222 Teddy Lane, Lone Tree, CO 80124 Phone: (303) 662-8112 Fax: (303) 792-9489 E-470 Public Highway Authority Name: Jim Brady Address: 22470 E. 6th Parkway, Suite 100, Aurora, CO 80018 Phone: (303) 537-3711 Fax: (303) 537-3472 Meridian Metropolitan District Name: Randy Gabriel Address: 12111 East Belford Avenue Englewood, CO 80112 Phone: (303) 790-1498 South I-25 Urban Corridor TMA Name: Steve Klausing Address: 304 Inverness Way, Suite 215, Englewood, CO 80112 Phone: 303-531-8378

Subsection 626.02 shall include the following: The Engineer will monitor the PIM and all public information services. When the Contractor provides acceptable public information services in accordance with these specifications, partial payments for the pay item Public Information Services will be made as the work progresses. These partial payments will be made as follows: When 5 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 25 percent of the amount bid for this item will be paid. When 10 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 40 percent of the amount bid for this item, less all previous payments, will be paid. When 25 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 50 percent of the amount bid for this item, less all previous payments, will be paid. When 75 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 75 percent of the amount bid for this item, less all previous payments, will be paid. When 100 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, 100 percent of the amount bid for this item, less all previous payments, will be paid. Failure to provide acceptable public information services will result in withholding of progress payment for this item. Continued failure to provide the services required will result in non-payment of the corresponding percentage of the original bid item and may result in suspension of the work in those areas affected until acceptable public information services are provided by the Contractor.

Page 156: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

154

-4- REVISION OF SECTION 626

PUBLIC INFORMATION SERVICES For the purpose of public information services, the term “original Contract amount” as used above, shall mean the amount bid for the construction items on this Contract, not including the amounts bid for Public Information Services and Mobilization. Payment for Public Information Services will be full compensation for all fliers, public information office, telephone lines, and all other labor and materials required to complete the item, except signs. Signs will be measured and paid for in accordance with Section 630. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Public Information Services Lump Sum

Page 157: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

155

REVISION OF SECTION 630 COURTESY PATROL

Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:

DESCRIPTION

This work consists of providing Courtesy Patrol Service (CPS) to motorists within the project area and within ½ mile each direction of intersecting roadways. The work includes locating, providing roadside assistance and clearing traffic related incidents. The use of the Courtesy Patrol shall be integrated into the Traffic Incident Management Plan (TIMP).

MATERIALS The Contractor shall provide tow truck vehicles needed to perform assistance services as described in this specification. Each tow truck shall be a Colorado licensed Class A vehicle with a minimum gross rating of 10,000 lbs. The tow truck shall have a dual wheel chassis and a four ton vehicle recovery rating. Each tow truck shall be equipped with the following:

(1) Wheel lift towing equipment, including high visibility safety straps with a minimum lift rating of 3,000 pounds.

(2) Hydraulic boom lift with a static rating of 5,000 pounds. (3) Winch with an 8,000 pound rating. (4) Cable with a 3,500 pound rating on the first layer of cable. (5) Tow slings rated at 3,000 pounds each. (6) Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) tow chains of 5/16 inch alloy. (7) OEM JT hook assembly. (8) Rear work lights.

The Contractor shall provide sufficient tow trucks to meet the coverage requirements of the TIMP. One spare truck shall be provided for every two (2) trucks. The spare truck shall be operational within 30 minutes of a breakdown of an onsite CPS truck. The Contractor may use equivalent capacity flatbed trucks in lieu of tow trucks or a combination of both, as approved by the Engineer. Each truck shall meet the following operating requirements:

(1) The truck’s exterior and interior shall be cleaned periodically. The operator’s personal articles or equipment shall be removed from the interior of the truck prior to the start of each shift. All damage to the truck, and damage to personal articles and clothing shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor’s expense. The tow truck shall be regularly maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

(2) The truck’s exterior condition and color shall be approved by the Engineer. (3) One CDOT supplied sign shall be mounted on each side of the tow truck and shall be displayed at

all times during project working hours. No personal or corporate names or symbols will be permitted to be displayed during the hours the tow truck is being used for CPS services. Signs that are lost, stolen or damaged shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense.

Page 158: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

156

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 630

COURTESY PATROL

Prior to start of CPS operations, the Contractor shall submit a complete list of items for approval that will be available in each tow truck. At a minimum, these items shall include the following:

(1) Five gallons of unleaded gasoline available in an easy access gas transfer system; (2) Five feet of safety chain (3) Five gallons of radiator, mixed with anti-freeze when required. (4) Four way lug wrench (Metric); (5) Four way lug wrench (English) (6) Rechargeable air bottle or portable air device (100 psi capacity), hoses and fittings to fit tire valve

stems (7) Flashlight and spare batteries (8) Booster cables, 25 ft. long minimum, 3-gauge copper wire with heavy-duty clamps with one end

adapted to truck's power outlets (9) Funnel with flexible spout (10) Five 36-inch traffic cones with reflectorized bands (11) Reflector vest for the operator (12) First aid kit, 16 units (13) Fire extinguisher, 5ABC (14) Hand broom (15) Snow shovel (16) 20 pounds of traction sand (17) Three 30-minute flares (18) Three reflective triangular warning devices (19) Adequate snow chains, as necessary (20) Cellular Phone

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS (a) CPS Qualifications. Each CPS operator shall be trained and certified in OSHA 10 Hour training and in basic first aid techniques, including CPR. The Contractor shall submit documentation confirming this training prior to the start of work. Retraining in these elements shall be provided every 24 months and verification shall be submitted within seven calendar days of completion. (b) Service Requirements. The CPS shall begin upon approval of the TIMP. The Engineer will provide this approval a minimum of five days of the expected start date. The CPS shall operate until project completion in accordance with subsection 105.21. The CPS shall provide three types of service:

(1) At the owner’s consent, relocate the disabled vehicle to a shoulder of roadway or an appropriate drop site for additional assistance or repairs.

(2) Assist local public agencies and law enforcement authorities as requested during a traffic related incident in the designated coverage area.

(3) Safely remove light debris from the incident area and inform appropriate authorities if debris is too large or unsafe to remove.

Page 159: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

157

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 630

COURTESY PATROL

The CPS shall perform services up to the safe capacity of his equipment and experience. If a major traffic incident is beyond the capacity of the CPS, the Contractor shall immediately contact law enforcement and the Engineer. The CPS shall remain on site with emergency lights flashing and appropriate traffic control placed around the incident until local law enforcement arrives. The CPS shall inform the Engineer and the Contractor prior to responding to any incidents. The response shall include the location, time and estimated severity of the incident at a minimum. The CPS operator shall maintain daily logs that include shift start and end times, roadways covered, and detailed incident data. Incident data shall include the date, type and time of incident, CPS arrival time, number of vehicles involved, motorist information, type of service provided, location of incident, number of lanes blocked and time lanes were cleared and opened to the traveling public. All logs shall be signed by the CPS and shall be submitted to the Engineer on a daily basis. In addition, the Contractor shall submit a weekly summary of incidents in electronic spreadsheet format. (c) Courtesy Patrol Hours of Operation and Response Times. The CPS shall cover all roadways and detours within the project limits, regardless of weather. Service shall be provided during the 6:00 AM to 9:00 AM and 3:30 PM to 6:30 PM weekday peak periods and Saturdays, with the exception of defined holidays in subsection 101.36, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The CPS shall respond to an incident in less than 15 minutes of occurrence during peak traffic and lane closures and 30 minutes of occurrence during non-peak periods. The response requirements will be waived when CPS trucks are responding to traffic incidents. (d) Courtesy Patrol Coverage Area. The Contractor shall determine the number of tow trucks required and shall submit a method statement to the Engineer for approval. The method statement shall include the number of tow trucks required and the location and spacing of these trucks. If the response times are not met, the Engineer may require additional testing or monitoring of CPS operations, such that adjustments may be made. All adjustments shall be implemented within three calendar days and shall be at the Contractors expense.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Courtesy Patrol will be measured by the number of days it is utilized in the project. Tow trucks, equipment, maintenance, and CPS related items will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. CPS certification and training will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.

Page 160: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

158

-4- REVISION OF SECTION 630

COURTESY PATROL

BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Courtesy Patrol Day The following items shall be considered incidental to the work: (1) Vehicles provided in excess of those stipulated in the TIMP. (2) Overtime, shift differential, or any other rate adjustments (3) Restocking of CPS related items Cell phone usage will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.

Page 161: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

159

REVISION OF SECTION 630 IMPACT ATTENUATOR (TEMPORARY)

Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:

DESCRIPTION This work consists of furnishing, installing, certifying, moving, repairing, maintaining, and removing temporary impact attenuators in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines and details shown on the plans or established.

MATERIALS Each impact attenuator shall be selected from the Crash Cushion and End Treatment Application Chart as listed in the Safety Selection Guide on the CDOT Design and Construction Project Support web site. Impact attenuators shall conform to the requirements of the manufacturer and be capable of bi-directional shielding of the objects detailed and located on the plans. If the posted speed limits of the construction zone are 45 miles per hour or less, the impact attenuator shall meet the requirements of NCHRP Report 350 TL-2. For posted speed limits in the construction zone greater than 45 miles per hour, the attenuator shall meet the requirements of TL-3.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The site shall be prepared to receive the impact attenuator by filling, excavating, smoothing, constructing the paved foundation pad, installing approved transition and anchoring, and all other work necessary for the proper installation of the attenuator. The impact attenuator shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer’s installation instructions and parts list to the Engineer prior to installation of the device. Each installation shall be supervised and certified as correct upon completion by a representative of the device manufacturer or by an employee of the Contractor who is a certified installer. The certified installer shall have completed device training and shall be registered with the manufacturer as a certified installer. The Contractor shall submit all appropriate documentation to validate that the certified installer has completed device training and has been registered with the manufacturer as a certified installer.

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Impact Attenuator (Temporary) will be measured by the number of attenuators shown on the plans, installed, certified, and accepted.

BASIS OF PAYMENT The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for the pay item listed below: Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Impact Attenuator (Temporary) Day

Page 162: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

160

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 630

IMPACT ATTENUATOR (TEMPORARY) Payment will be full compensation for all work and materials required to furnish, install, certify, move, repair, maintain, and remove the impact attenuator. Site preparation, foundation pad, epoxy painting, and all necessary hardware including anchors and transitions will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work.

Page 163: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

161

REVISION OF SECTION 630 PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL

Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 630.01 shall include the following: This work includes furnishing, operating, and maintaining a portable message sign panel. Add subsection 630.031 immediately following subsection 630.03 as follows: 630.031 Portable Message Sign Panel. Portable message sign panel shall be furnished as a device fully self contained on a portable trailer, capable of being licensed for normal highway travel, and shall include leveling and stabilization jacks. The panel shall display a minimum of three - eight character lines. The panel shall be a dot-matrix type with an LED legend on a flat black background. LED signs shall have a pre-default message that activates before a power failure. The sign shall be solar powered with independent back-up battery power. The sign shall be capable of 360 degrees rotation and shall be able to be elevated to a height of at least five feet above the ground measured at the bottom of the sign. The sign shall be visible from one-half mile under both day and night conditions. The message shall be legible from a minimum of 750 feet. The sign shall automatically adjust its light source to meet the legibility requirements during the hours of darkness. The sign enclosure shall be weather tight and provide a clear polycarbonate front cover. Solar powered message signs shall be capable of operating continuously for 10 days without any sun. All instrumentation and controls shall be contained in a lockable enclosure. The sign shall be capable of changing and displaying sign messages and other sign features such as flash rates, moving arrows, etc. Each sign shall also conform to the following: (1) In addition to the onboard solar power operation with battery back-up, each sign shall be capable of

operating on a hard wire, 100-110 VAC, external power source.

(2) All electrical wiring, including connectors and switch controls necessary to enable all required sign functions shall be provided with each sign.

(3) Each sign shall be furnished with an operating and parts manual, wiring diagrams, and trouble-shooting guide.

(4) The portable message sign shall be capable of maintaining all required operations under Colorado mountain winter weather conditions.

(5) Each sign shall be furnished with an attached license plate and mounting bracket.

(6) Each sign shall be wired with a 7-prong male electric plug for the brake light wiring system.

Subsection 630.13 shall include the following: The portable message sign panel shall be on the project site at least fourteen calendar days prior to the start of active roadway construction. Maintenance, storage, operation, relocation to different sites during the project, and all repairs of portable message sign panels shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

Page 164: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

162

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 630

PORTABLE MESSAGE SIGN PANEL

Subsection 630.15 shall include the following: Portable message sign panels will be measured one of the two following ways: (1) By the actual number of days each portable message sign is used on the project as approved by the

Engineer.

(2) By the maximum number of approved units in use on the project at any one time.

Subsection 614.16 shall include the following:

Pay Item Pay Unit Portable Message Sign Panel Each

Page 165: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

163

REVISION OF SECTION 630 UNIFORMED TRAFFIC CONTROL

(LOCAL AGENCY) Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following:

DESCRIPTION This work consists of furnishing a uniformed police agency officer from the following local agency to perform uniformed traffic control: Colorado State Patrol 4600 Castleton Court Castle Rock, Co. 80109 Phone: 303-638-2960 Lone Tree Police Dept. 9220 Kimmer Dr. Lone Tree, Colorado 80124 Phone: 303-339-8150 When called for in the Contract, this work includes furnishing a vehicle for the officer to use in performing uniformed traffic control.

MATERIALS (a) Qualifications. The local agency officer shall have completed “The Safe and Effective Use of Law

Enforcement Personnel in Work Zones” Training Course. The Contractor shall provide copies of documentation certifying the officer’s successful completion of this course.

(b) Traffic Control Vehicles. If the local law enforcement cannot supply a car, the Contractor shall

furnish white sedans to be used by uniformed police agency officers in the performance of Uniformed Traffic Control duties. The Contractor shall be responsible for licensing, insuring, servicing, and fueling the vehicle.

For each Traffic Control Vehicle furnished by the Contractor, the Contractor shall furnish Class 1 SAE certified light bar and control panel for exclusive use by uniformed police agency officers while performing Uniformed Traffic Control. The light bar shall have the following configuration:

(1) minimum of 44 inches in length, and shall be either permanently or temporarily attached to the

top of the vehicle.

(2) flash red on the driver side and blue on the passenger side

(3) equipped with an amber-colored directional device in the rear of the bar.

(4) have alley and takedown lights.

(5) The control panel shall be capable of controlling the front of the bar and the rear of the bar separately.

(6) The traffic advisor shall be controlled separately.

The light bars shall be mounted on traffic control vehicles, and shall be maintained in good operating condition at all times. The Contractor shall obtain a permit from the police or sheriff department, as appropriate, for the use of the light bars. The Contractor shall keep the light bars covered at all times when the traffic control vehicle is being used by someone other than the authorized uniform police agency officer.

Page 166: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

164

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 630

UNIFORMED TRAFFIC CONTROL (LOCAL AGENCY)

METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Uniformed Traffic Control will be measured by the total number of hours that are required for uniformed traffic control including minimum shift hours required by the agency.

BASIS OF PAYMENT The accepted number of hours of Uniformed Traffic Control will be paid for at the contract unit price per hour. Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit Uniformed Traffic Control Hour

Hours of Uniformed Traffic Control that are not authorized or approved will not be paid for. Scheduling of traffic control will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Payment for the item Uniformed Traffic Control will be full compensation for all work, Traffic Control Vehicle, light bars, other equipment, and other items necessary to complete the item. The Traffic Control Vehicle, Licensing, insuring, servicing, and fueling the vehicle will not be paid separately, but shall be included in the work.

Page 167: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

165

REVISION OF SECTION 715 LIGHTING MATERIALS

715.01 General. Materials shall be of a standard line from a name brand manufacturer, or must be approved. Electrical material shall be approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and shall conform to the recommendations and requirements of the National Electrical Code.

Material shall be the same as, or compatible with, that used by the local utility, provided it meets the above requirements.

All lighting materials and all electrical materials shall be subject to inspection and approval and may be rejected as unsuitable at the project site. Samples may be taken or manufacturer's certification may be accepted in lieu of samples. 715.02 Concrete Foundation Pads. Concrete shall be Class "B" conforming to Section 601. Anchor bolts shall be designed by the Contractors Engineer and shown on the working drawings. The threaded ends of the anchor bolts and the nuts and washers shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153/A 153M. Galvanizing for anchor bolts shall extend from 50 to 100 mm (2 to 4 inches) beyond the threads. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of Section 602.

Grounding wire cast in the foundation shall be No. 6 AWG, soft drawn bare copper or better. 715.03 Light Standards. (a) General. All structural components of light standards, bases, couplers, anchor bolts, luminaires, and

other attachments to be used for lighting shall be designed for a minimum of 145 km/h (90 MPH) wind velocity, in accordance with AASHTO "Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals," unless otherwise shown on the plans.

All breakaway bases and couplers shall meet the breakaway requirements as specified in AASHTO Standard Specification for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals, Section 7,1.7.2. Conformance shall be verified by crash tests reviewed and accepted by FHWA. A certificate of compliance shall be provided.

(b) Metal Light Standards. Metal light standards shall be fabricated of either steel or aluminum, or as specified. Whenever Light Standard Metal is specified, the Contractor may furnish either steel or aluminum. Material type and shape of light standards shall be the same throughout the project, unless otherwise shown in the Contract.

All standards shall have cable-entrance holes located in conformity with the type of arm mounting used. Metal surfaces shall be free of any imperfections marring the appearance and of any burrs or sharp edges that might damage the cable.

Page 168: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

166

-2- REVISION OF SECTION 715

LIGHTING MATERIALS All metal poles shall be tapered and shall be supplied with pole caps.

Aluminum alloys shall have minimum yield strength of 172 MPa (25,000 psi). Aluminum poles, arms and fittings shall be made of aluminum alloy conforming to the following for the material form required:

ASTM Alloy No. B 209M (B 209) 6061-T6 B 211M (B 211) 6061-T6 B 221M (B 221) 6061-T6

6063-T6 6005-T5

B 241/B 241M 6061-T6 6063-T6

Aluminum poles may also be made of aluminum alloy conforming to ASTM B 313/B 313M (excluding pressure and burst tests) alloy 5086-H34.

Aluminum mast arms shall be tapered and trussed as shown on the plans.

Steel mast arms and trusses shall be made of Schedule 40 standard steel pipe conforming to ASTM A 53.

All steel poles, mast arms and base flanges shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 123. Units on which the spelter coating has been damaged shall be repaired as provided in AASHTO M 36M/M 36, or other approved method.

Base flanges for both aluminum and steel poles shall have continuous welds both inside and outside, unless otherwise permitted. Base flanges inserted into the pole and bonded shall meet the requirements for materials and strength stated herein.

Base flanges for aluminum poles and transformer bases shall be aluminum castings of material conforming to ASTM B 26/B 26M alloy SG70A-T6 or an acceptable equivalent.

Each metal light standard shall be wired with a breakaway fused connector of proper capacity rating. The fused connector shall be located in the transformer base. If the light standard has no transformer base, the fused connector shall be located in the pole at the hand hole. All transformer bases shall have vandal resistant, removable access doors. The transformer base shall be a frangible breakaway type as shown on the plans and shall accommodate the anchorage and base flange of the light pole supplied. Each transformer base shall have a ½ inch bolt or lug fastened inside the base for grounding; the lug or bolt shall be visible from the door opening. The transformer base shall have a wire hole for outside grounding, if required.

(c) Hardware used with steel standards shall be either cadmium plated, hot dip galvanized or stainless steel. All hardware used with aluminum standards shall be anodized aluminum or stainless steel. Bolts to be inserted in aluminum threads shall be stainless steel.

Page 169: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

167

-3- REVISION OF SECTION 715

LIGHTING MATERIALS 715.04 Luminaires and Lamps. Luminaires shall be UL or ETL Listed for use in wet locations and IP66 rated. Luminaires shall be adaptable to the type of power distribution system to be used. (a) General. Luminaires shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Housing. The luminaire enclosure shall be an injection-molded or die-cast opaque housing. The housing shall have a powder-coated, corrosion-resistant finish. The color shall be as specified on the plans. The mounting shall be as shown on the plans. The housing shall have a door that provides access to all internal components. The door shall be equipped with a safety catch and a latch. The housing shall have an inner rolled flange to support the door frame. The door frame shall be an aluminum casting, hinged to the housing. The door frame shall be sealed to the housing with a molded silicone gasket and shall be secured with a minimum of four captive screws.

2. Optical Chamber. The luminaire distribution shall be an IESNA full-cutoff, type III

reflector system for lamps over 3200 lumens. The optical chamber shall be completely sealed from the housing, or the housing shall be completely sealed. A seamless one piece memory-retentive gasket shall seal the optical chamber or housing against the luminaire lens door. All wires entering the optical chamber shall be gasketed at their point of entry. Socket mountings, rivets used in the construction or support of the reflector system, and all other penetrations into the optical chamber shall be completely sealed. The optical chamber shall be water tight when the luminaire door is closed.

3. Lens and Lens Door. The lens shall be constructed of clear, flat (for lamps over 3200

lumens), tempered glass. The glass shall be thermal-resistant and impact-resistant. The lens shall be sealed to the door frame with continuous silicone gasketing. The door shall have an easy-access, quick-release safety latch. The door shall have aluminum or stainless steel quick-release hinge pins for tool-less or one-hand easy and secure opening. When the door is closed, the electrical component compartment and the optical chamber shall be completely sealed.

4. Electrical Components. All components shall be UL listed for wet locations. Luminaires

shall operate at either 120 or 240 VAC as specified on the plans or adaptable to the type of power distribution system to be used. Sockets shall be porcelain with nickel plated current-carrying parts. Sockets shall be rated for at least 600 VAC at 302 °F. All internal wiring and quick disconnects shall be rated for at least 600 VAC and insulated for 203 °F The ballast or induction lamp power generator shall be easily removable from the luminaire housing without the use of tools. If induction lamps are used, the luminaire shall be designed for the operating conditions of an induction lamp.

(b) Roadway Luminaires. Roadway luminaires shall be high pressure sodium, induction, or metal

halide. All luminaires for the project shall be the same type and design unless the plans specify otherwise. Cobra head style shall have a bubble level for leveling.

(c) Wall and Pendant Type Luminaires. Wall and pendant type luminaires for use under overpass

structures shall be complete, pre-wired lighting devices. Luminaire shall be furnished with a fixed hood for moderate glare control along roadway.

(d) Pedestrian Luminaires. Pedestrian luminaires shall be the type and style shown on the plans.

Page 170: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

168

-4- REVISION OF SECTION 715

LIGHTING MATERIALS (e) Lamps. Lamps for luminaires shall be high pressure sodium, metal halide, compact fluorescent,

or induction-type of the wattage shown on the plans. Mercury vapor shall not be used.

Lamps shall be installed and operated only in luminaires designed to accommodate the specific lamp. Lamps shall be compatible with ballasts and power generators supplied with the luminaires in which they are to be installed. Metal halide (150 watts or less), fluorescent, and induction lamps shall have a color temperature of 3000K. All lamps of a similar type shall be provided by the same manufacturer.

715.05 Ballasts and Induction Lamp Power Generators. (a) Ballasts. Ballasts shall be the magnetic regulator type specifically manufactured for use with the

lamp shown on the plans, and shall operate at a minimum of 90 percent power factor. Operation shall be suitable with a line voltage variation of ±10 percent. Satisfactory starting operation shall be obtained with an ambient temperature of -20 ˚F. Electronic ballasts for metal halide lamps of 150 watts or less shall have an ANSI Transient Insulation Level of at least 10,000 VAC for roadway lighting applications.

715.06 Conduit. Unless otherwise specified, conduit shall be rigid metallic or semi rigid plastic electrical conduit. Metallic conduit shall be clean, free of burrs, and galvanized. Plastic conduit shall be a semi rigid type currently recommended and approved by Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. for the proposed use. Underground plastic conduit for street lighting shall conform to ASTM-F 441 schedule 80. Fittings shall be the type used outside the conduit. Fittings shall connect the conduit in a manner that makes the joints watertight. Junction boxes used in structures shall be galvanized steel, 6 inches square by 4 inches deep, with weatherproof covers. Pull boxes and splice boxes shall be a minimum of 16 inches by 12 inches and 6 inches deep unless otherwise shown on the plans. Pull and splice boxes shall have heavy duty weatherproof covers rated for roadway applications. The housing shall be resistant to sunlight exposure, weathering, and chemicals; it shall be unaffected by freeze/thaw cycles. Covers shall fit flush to the sidewalk, turf area, or roadway surface. Hardware and inserts shall be stainless steel. The cover for street lighting circuits shall be marked “ELECTRICAL” or “STREET LIGHTING”. The cover shall list the minimum HS load rating of 20,000 psi. 715.07 Lighting Circuitry and Wiring. Lighting systems shall be photoelectric controlled. Photoelectric controls shall be the hermetically sealed, cadmium sulfide twist-lock type with high impact polypropylene cover with clear UV stabilized window. Photoelectric controls shall have a turn-on setting of 1.4 foot-candles ± 0.2 foot-candles. The maximum ratio of the turn-off to turn-on setting shall be 3:1. All electrical apparatus used in the lighting system shall be rated to adequately handle the necessary loads and shall conform to power source requirements. 715.08 Secondary Service Pedestals and Lighting Control Centers. Secondary Service Pedestals and Lighting Control Centers shall be metal conforming to ANSI C47.12.28, Pad Mounted Enclosure Integrity Standard and shall be the nominal size and dimensions shown in the Contract.

Page 171: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

169

-5- REVISION OF SECTION 715

LIGHTING MATERIALS The cabinets shall be constructed of 12 gauge corrosion-resistant steel with hoods and covers constructed of 14 gauge corrosion-resistant steel. Cabinets shall be NEMA 4 construction and shall be UL listed as “Enclosed Industrial Control Equipment” (UL508). Cabinets shall be vandal resistant dead-front enclosures. The cabinet’s external finish shall be polyurethane industrial grade powder paint of 1.7 mil minimum thickness. The cabinet’s internal finish shall be polyurethane industrial grade powder paint of 1.7 mil minimum thickness or bare aluminum. All external fasteners, rivets, screws and bolts shall be stainless steel. Fasteners, except sealing screws, shall not be removable by external access. Hinges shall be stainless steel continuous piano hinge type hinges. External nameplates shall be permanently attached to the cabinet. A stainless steel handle shall be provided on the front exterior of each cabinet door or hood. Cabinet shall be equipped with a three point catch and lock. These locks shall be furnished with two keys for each cabinet, and all locks shall be master keyed Type I police lock. When final acceptance of the project is made, the Engineer will distribute the keys to the agencies responsible for maintenance of the system. The cabinet shall have separate isolated sections for metering equipment (if required), utility termination, and CDOT equipment. All sections must be sealed and pad lockable. The metering section shall have a hinged swing back hood with an integral hinged polycarbonate sealable window for visual access to meters. The utility termination section shall be sealed and securable with a padlock. The section shall have a lift off cover with a stainless steel handle. Sufficient clearance shall be provided for a 4 inch diameter conduit for utility cables. Utility landing lugs shall be UL listed and shall accommodate 6 - #350 kcmil conductors. The CDOT compartment door shall be sealed and securable with a padlock. The compartment door shall be anchorable in an open position. There shall be a print pocket on the inside of the door. The print pocket shall hold all wiring schematics and instructions in a clear weatherproof sleeve with a side opening. Required UL labeling shall be located on the inside of the CDOT door. Distribution and control equipment shall be behind an internal dead-front door with a quarter-turn securing latch and be hinged to open more than 90 degrees. The dead-front door shall be hinged on the same side as the CDOT section door. Pedestal mounting bolts shall not be visible or accessible externally. Pedestal mounting shall include pedestal mounting base and hardware. Pad mounting shall include concrete pad mounting base, anchor bolt kit and hardware.

Page 172: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

170

-6- REVISION OF SECTION 715

LIGHTING MATERIALS Secondary Service Pedestals and Lighting Control Centers shall be rated for 600 VAC, installed with protection against damage from greater currents. The pedestals and centers shall be grounded with grounding rods in conformance with the National Electric Code. The following equipment is for a typical installation and may or may not be required as shown on the plans: (1) Meter Sockets (100 amp minimum) (2) Main circuit breaker that is installed in a circuit load center as sized on the plans (3) Circuit load center with an all-copper bus for CDOT loads as shown on the plans (4) Circuit breakers (5) Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (20 amp, 120 VAC) (6) Multiple Pole Light Contactors (7) Test Switch (8) Photoelectronic Control Relay (9) Mounting pans or false backs for circuit breakers, contactors, relays, switches, transformers, and

other types of electrical equipment mounted inside the cabinet The internal wiring of cabinets shall be assembled by a UL listed facility. Cabinets shall conform to one or more of the following standards where appropriate: UL 50, Cabinets and Boxes; UL 67, Panel Boards and UL 869A, Service Equipment. Circuit breakers and equipment shall be labeled with an engraved permanent label on the dead-front panel to indicate the circuit controlled. Multiple Pole Light Contactors shall be “lighting” type, specifically rated for the type of lighting load specified. The contactors shall have a 600 Volt rating. All multiple pole light contactors shall be unenclosed, single phase with the number of poles specified on plans; they shall be open type lighting contactors with the rating shown or specified. Contactors shall be constructed for surface mounting on a false back or bracket within a weatherproof cabinet. The contactor coil shall operate on 120 Volt for 240 Volt circuits and 240 Volt, 208 Volt, and 277 Volt for 480 Volt circuits. Contact material shall be designed for lighting ballast loads and require no maintenance such as filing, burnishing, or dressing at any time the contactor is in service. A 277 VAC rated test switch shall be installed in the control cabinets if shown. The test switch shall be a heavy-duty single pole switch or circuit breaker rated at 20 amps and shall be installed in the control cabinet as a roadway lighting test switch. The switch shall be wired to shunt the photoelectric control relay power contactor and energize the lighting circuit contactors. All components of the photoelectric control relays shall be housed in a weatherproof, locking, non-rusting container. The photoelectric control relay shall attach to a three pole locking receptacle by a twisting motion.

Page 173: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

171

-7- REVISION OF SECTION 715

LIGHTING MATERIALS The photoelectronic control shall have a built in surge protective device for protection from induced high voltage and over-currents. The photoelectric control relay shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI C136.10. The photoelectric control shall be factory set to turn on lights when ambient light falls to 1.4 foot-candle plus or minus 0.2 foot-candle when operated at 120 VAC. When operated at 250 VAC, turn on shall not change more than plus or minus 0.3 foot-candle from the 120 VAC value. The maximum off to on ratio shall be 1.5:1. The photoelectric control shall be a cadmium sulfide photoelectric control encapsulated for humidity protection, or a silicon junction type photo transistor. The photoelectric control shall be designed for normal operation at a dual voltage of 105 V and 285 V. Power consumption shall be less than 1 watt. At the designated voltage, the photoelectric control shall be capable of controlling a minimum load of 1000 watts. Minimum operating temperature range shall be from -40 °F to 150 °F. A time delay control circuit shall prevent false turn offs by transient lighting conditions. The unit shall include a failsafe circuit for the lighting load such that the lighting systems remain energized if any functional failure of the photoelectric control circuit occurs.

Page 174: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

172

TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN - GENERAL The key elements of the Contractor's method of handling traffic (MHT) are outlined in subsection 630.10(a). The components of the TCP for this project are included in the following: (1) Subsection 104.04 and Section 630 of the specifications. (2) Standard Plan S-630-1, Traffic Controls for Highway Construction and Standard Plan S-630-2. (3) Schedule of Construction Traffic Control Devices. (4) Tabulation of Traffic Engineering Items included in the plans for this project. (5) Construction phasing details. (6) Detour Details. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor’s equipment shall follow normal and legal traffic movements. The Contractor’s ingress and egress of the work area shall be accomplished with as little disruption to traffic as possible. Traffic control devices shall be removed by picking up the devices in a reverse sequence to that used for installation. This may require moving backwards through the work zone. When located behind barrier or at other locations shown on approved traffic control plans, equipment may operate in a direction opposite to adjacent traffic. CDOT may have entered into operating agreements with one or more law enforcement organizations for cooperative activities. Under such agreements, at the sole discretion of CDOT, law enforcement personnel may enter the work zone for enforcement purposes and may participate in the Contractor’s traffic control activities. The responsibility under the Contract for all traffic control resides with the Contractor and any such participation by law enforcement personnel in Contractor traffic control activities will be referenced in either the Special Provisions or General Notes of the plans depending on whether the Contractor is to hire local law enforcement or if CDOT is contracting with Colorado State Patrol for uniformed traffic control. Nothing in this Contract is intended to create an entitlement, on the part of the Contractor, to the services or participation of the law enforcement organization. Special Traffic Control Plan requirements for this project are as follows: During the construction of this project, traffic shall use the present traveled roadway unless identified on the plans or approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not have construction equipment or materials in the lanes open to traffic at any time, unless approved by the Engineer. Lane closures will be allowed on I-25 as follows or as directed by the Engineer: NB I-25 SB I-25 Single Lane Closure Two Lane Closure Single Lane Closure Two Lane Closure

Week Days 8:00 p.m. to 5:30 a.m. 11:00 p.m. to 5:30 a.m. 8:00 p.m. to 5:30 a.m. and 10:00 a.m. to noon

11:00 p.m. to 5:30 a.m.

Weekends 8:00 p.m. to 10:00 a.m. 11:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m. 8:00 p.m. to 11:00 a.m. Midnight to 8:00 a.m. Lane closures on ramps will be allowed as directed by the Engineer.

Page 175: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

173

-2- TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN - GENERAL

At least one week prior to starting construction, the Contractor shall notify the City of Lone Tree, City of Centennial, Arapahoe County and Douglas County Engineers of the date the Contractor intends to start construction. All costs incidental to the foregoing requirements shall be included in the original contract prices for the project.

Page 176: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

174

FORCE ACCOUNT ITEMS

DESCRIPTION This special provision contains the Department's estimate for force account items included in the Contract. The estimated amounts marked with an asterisk will be added to the total bid to determine the amount of the performance and payment bonds. Force Account work shall be performed as directed by the Engineer.

BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made in accordance with subsection 109.04. Payment will constitute full compensation for all work necessary to complete the item. Force account work valued at $5,000 or less, that must be performed by a licensed journeyman in order to comply with federal, state, or local codes, may be paid for after receipt of an itemized statement endorsed by the Contractor. Force Account Item Quantity Amount F/A Minor Contract Revisions F/A $1,000,000.00 F/A Partnering F/A $ 10,000.00 F/A Asphalt Pavement Incentive F/A $ 20,000.00 F/A Concrete Pavement Incentive F/A $ 210,000.00 F/A Fuel Cost Adjustment F/A $ 133,000.00 F/A Roadway Smoothness Incentive F/A $ 110,000.00 F/A Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment F/A $ 7,300.00 F/A On-The-Job Trainee HR 2,560 HR F/A Obtain Power from XCEL Energy F/A $ 20,000.00 F/A Pavement Surface Course Management F/A $ 10,000.00 F/A Sprinklers F/A $ 10,000.00 F/A Erosion Control F/ $ 50,000.00 F/A Survey Monumentation F/A $ 5,000.00 F/A ROW Monumentation F/A $ 5,000.00 F/A Minor Contract Revisions payments are for contract adjustments authorized through contract modification orders. F/A Partnering Program payment is for costs associated with the partnering process as detailed in Standard Special Provision – Partnering Program. F/A Asphalt Pavement Incentive payment is for requirements of Standard Special Provision Revision of Section - 105 and 106 Conformity to Contract of Hot Mix Asphalt. F/A Concrete Pavement Incentive payment is for requirements of Standard Special Provision Revision of Sections 105, 106, 412, 601 and 709 – Conformity to the Contract of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement and Dowel Bars and Tie Bars for Joints. F/A Fuel Cost Adjustment payment is for requirements of Standard Special Provision Revision of Section 109 – Fuel Cost Adjustment.

Page 177: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

175

-2- FORCE ACCOUNT ITEMS

F/A Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment payment is for payment for requirements of Standard Special Provision Revision of Section 109 – Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment (Asphalt Cement Included in the Work). F/A Roadway Smoothness Incentive is payment for requirements of Section 105.07 Conformity to Roadway Smoothness Criteria HMA and 105.08 Conformity to Roadway Smoothness of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement. F/A Pavement Surface Course Maintenance is payment for requirements of Project Special Provision Revision of Section 104 and 105 – Pavement Surface Course Maintenance. F/A On the Job Trainee payment is made for on the job trainees used on this project. F/A Obtain Power from XCEL Energy payment is for installation of the required power sources as shown in the plans. F/A Erosion Control payment is for all necessary work and materials for erosion control items not identified in the plans and at the Engineer’s direction. Payment will be made based on time and materials used to perform the work. Work must be performed in a workmanlike manner and properly scheduled to minimize cost and inconvenience to CDOT, the City, and or adjacent property owners. The Force Account shall also be used to pay for any additional BMPs or testing which may become required by future changes to the current stormwater regulations by either EPA or CDPHE. The Force Account shall also be used to pay for any additional BMPs or testing which may become required by future changes to the current stormwater regulations by either EPA or CDPHE and could include future effluent limits. Areas disturbed by parking and staging shall be restored at no cost to the project. All items shall be pre-approved by the Engineer prior to installation or they will be at no cost to the project. F/A Fiber Line Relocation is payment for relocating fiber lines when relocation is required because of construction conflicts. F/A Sprinklers is payment for moving or repairing existing privately owned irrigation systems that are impacted by construction. This does not include work on Meridian Metropolitan District irrigation systems. F/A Survey Monumentation is payment to reestablish survey monumentation that is destroyed during construction. F/A ROW Monumentation is payment to reestablish ROW monumentation that is destroyed during construction.

Page 178: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

176

UTILITIES The following table includes contacts within CDOT that can assist in locating CDOT owned facilities. Please note CDOT is now affiliated with UNCC. Locators will mark CDOT owned facilities except for CDOT Fiber Optic backbone. For CDOT Fiber locates call Michael “MILO” Lopez office: (303) 512-5817 cell: (720) 202-6441.

UTILITY OWNER / ADDRESS

CONTACT / EMAIL PHONE / FAX

CDOT ITS (FIBER) 425 C Corporate Circle Room 109 Golden, CO 80401

Jill Scott [email protected]

303-512-5805 - office

CDOT Electric – Region 1 2000 S. Holly Denver, CO 80222

Jeff Lancaster [email protected]

303-757-9950

Zayo Fiber Solutions 5300 DTC Parkway – STE 340 Greenwood Village, CO 80111

Rick Benge [email protected] Steve Brown [email protected]

303-228-7679 office 303-386-6079 Cell 303-898-1027 Cell

ATT Transmission

Tom Jakse [email protected]

1-800-252-1133 ATT Main office 303-840-9771 Tom office 720-289-5471 Tom Cell

Cogent Communications Inc. 1670 Broadway #490 Denver, CO 80202

Bob Goodrich [email protected]

877-875-4331 Main 303-956-0161 office

Comcast 6850 S. Tucson Way Englewood, CO 80112

Butch Buster [email protected]

303-603-6905 office 303-206-7177 Cell

Douglas County Governments Alex Larson [email protected] Sean Owens [email protected]

303-660-7487 office 303-660-7490 office

E470 Authority 22470 E. 6th Pkwy. STE 100 Aurora, CO 80018

Micheli Watson [email protected]

303-210-8524 Main 303-537-3747 office

Inverness Water & Sanitation Inverness Drive East STE200 Englewood, CO 80012

Scott Barnett [email protected]

303-790-7434 office

Level 3 Communication 1025 Eldorado Blvd. Broomfield, CO 80021

Thomas Longan [email protected]

303-326-7595 office 720-878-6320 Cell

Century Link Communications 9750 E. Costilla Ave. Englewood, CO 80112

Shelly Bergstrom [email protected]

(720) 578-5145 office (303) 257-0027 cell

CenturyLink (Qwest Comm.) PO Box 527 Riverton, WY 82501

Shane Bracken [email protected]

1-800-283-4237 Main 303-885-8867 office

Page 179: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

177

-2- UTILITIES

Reliance Global Communications

Alan Bernier [email protected] John Irlando [email protected]

877-740-6600 Main 312-762-7911 Allen office 720-891-2107 John Cell

TW Telecom 5700 So. Quebec St. Greenwood, Village, CO 80111

Guido Aguillard [email protected]

303-566-6045 office 720-490-0238 Cell

XCEL Energy (Electric) 2070 S. Valentia St. Denver, CO 80231

Jay Parker [email protected]

303-671-3919 office

Xcel Energy-Gas 1123 W 3rd Ave. Denver, CO, 80211

Duane Purcell [email protected]

303-571-3111

XO Communications 9706 E. Easter Ave. STE 100 Englewood, CO 80112

Steve Valdez [email protected]

303-539-1022 office 303-435-2793 Cell

City of Lone Tree 9222 Teddy Lane Lone Tree, CO 80124

Steve Fletcher [email protected] Taylor Goertz [email protected]

303-386-2198 office

Denver Water 1600 W. 12th Ave. Denver, CO 80204

Don Wyman [email protected]

303-628-6628 office

ECCV Water & Sanitation 6201 S. Gun Club Rd. Aurora, CO 80016

Bob Irving [email protected]

303-693-3800 ext. 217 office

Meridian Metropolitan District 12111 E. Bedford Ave. Englewood, CO 80112

Jim Adamsson [email protected]

303-790-1498 office

Southgate Water & Sanitation 3722 E. Orchard Road Centennial, CO 80121

Duane Tinsley, District Manager [email protected] Crick Sheffer, District Engineer [email protected]

303-779-0261 Duane office 303-713-7745 Crick office

The work described in these plans and specifications requires full cooperation between the Contractor and the utility owners in accordance with Subsection 105.11 in conducting their respective operations, to complete the utility work with minimum delay to the project.

PART 1 - CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THE WORK LISTED BELOW: The Contractor shall perform each utility work element for every utility owner listed here in Part 1 of this specification. The Contractor shall keep each utility owner advised of any work being done around or to its’ facility by the Contractor as applicable.

Page 180: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

178

-3- UTILITIES

The Contractor shall coordinate the construction of the project with the utility work that will be completed by the utility owner as listed in Part 2 of this specification. The Contractor shall notify each utility owner in writing, with a copy to the Engineer, taking into account the number of days of notification specified in Part 2 of this specification, for each utility work element that is to be performed by the utility owner. The Contractor shall allow the expected number of working days for utilities to complete the necessary utility work and accurately show this information in the construction schedule. The Contractor shall provide each utility owner with periodic updates to the schedule. The Contractor shall conduct necessary utility coordination meetings weekly or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide survey staking of all relevant construction features in order to facilitate the installation of new utility facilities. Surveying and/or staking of the utility owner’s relocation alignment shall be the responsibility of the utility owner. The Contractor shall provide traffic control, as directed by the Engineer, for any utility work by the utility owner expected to be coordinated with construction. However, traffic control for utility work outside of typical project work hours shall be the responsibility of the utility owner and shall be done in accordance with Part 2 of this specification. The Contractor shall pothole all of the utility facilities which are potential conflicts with the work prior to starting any underground or earth work well in advance of the work so that the utility companies can be given the required notification and to avoid delays to the contractor’s work. The Contractor shall provide necessary accommodations or changes to the construction plans in order to avoid additional conflicts not identified by the plans and specifications as directed by the Engineer. If construction plans cannot be altered, the Contractor and the affected utility owner shall determine the time required to relocate the utility and coordinate the utility work with the construction of the project. Please note that UNCC marks only its member’s facilities – Other facilities, such as ditches and drainage pipes and CDOT’s fiber optic system may exist, and it is the Contractor’s responsibility to investigate, locate and avoid such facilities. Project Limits – All Utility Owners

The CDOT Contractor shall identity all existing utilities (by potholing if necessary) and protect in place when constructing the project, including sub excavation work. If existing utilities are within close proximity horizontal or vertically, the CDOT Contractor shall alter the sub excavation work limits, construction methods or equipment to avoid impacting existing utilities.

Xcel Energy- Electrical Transmission:

When the CDOT Contractor is working near or under the high voltage transmission line, it shall be assumed the transmission line is energized and the CDOT Contractor shall not be closer than twenty feet (20’) in any direction from the energized conductors. If work will be within twenty feet (20’) of energized conductors, CDOT Contractor shall call Paul Urban at 303-273-4669 a minimum of 48 hours in advance to arrange for an Xcel Energy representative (Patrolman) to be on site during the work. An outage may be arranged if it is determined to be necessary. The outage will be a day-by-day situation and at the sole discretion of Xcel Energy. The Patrolman shall be on the job site at all times during outages of the line at this location.

Page 181: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

179

-4- UTILITIES

Under no circumstances shall work be started within twenty feet (20’) in any direction of the transmission lines without clearance from Xcel Energy’s Patrolman. The CDOT Contractor shall notify the Patrolman whenever it is going to be starting and ending work. If an outage has been arranged and the Patrolman has given approval, the CDOT Contractor shall not be closer than three feet (3’) in any direction from the de-energized conductors.

AT&T Transmission

Field locate any AT&T Transmissions lines, manholes, splice boxes, and markers that are within the project limits. Coordinate any relocation with AT&T Transmissions (Fiber). All required relocations and adjustments will be completed by AT&T Transmissions forces. Use caution when working around these lines and their features.

CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

Century Link (Qwest)

Field locate any buried or aerial telephone lines or fiber optic lines, pedestals, manholes, splice boxes, markers and risers that are within the project limits. Coordinate any associated relocations of telephone risers, telephone lines, splice boxes, markers and pedestal adjustments with Century Link, relocations will be completed by Century Link. Use caution when working around these lines and utility features.

CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

Level 3 Communications

Field locate the Level 3 Communications lines, manholes, splice boxes, and markers that are within the project limits. Coordinate any relocation with Level 3 Communications (Fiber). All required adjustments will be completed by Level 3 Communications forces. Use caution when working around these lines and their features. If the CDOT Contractor must enter into a Level 3 owned manhole the CDOT Contractor shall contact Level 3 prior to entering for splicing. The CDOT Contractor shall schedule a meeting with the Level 3 representative prior to performing any removal of the abandoned Level 3 facilities. This work is described in the ITS plans. CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

XO Communications

Field locate the XO Communications lines, manholes, splice boxes, and markers that are within the project limits. Coordinate any relocation with XO Communications (Fiber). All required adjustments will be completed by XO Communications forces. Use caution when working around these lines and their features.

Page 182: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

180

-5- UTILITIES

The CDOT Contractor shall schedule a meeting with the XO representative prior to performing any removal of the abandoned XO facilities. This work is described in the ITS plans.

CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

Zayo (Zayo bought out Adesta)

Field locate any Adesta/Zayo lines, manholes, splice boxes, and markers that are within the project limits. Coordinate any relocation with Adesta/Zayo (Fiber). All required adjustments will be completed by Adesta/Zayo forces. Use caution when working around these lines and their features. The CDOT Contractor shall schedule a meeting with the Zayo representative prior to performing any removal of the abandoned Zayo facilities. This work is described in the ITS plans. CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

TW Telecom

Field locate the TW Telecom lines, manholes, splice boxes, and markers that are within the project limits. Coordinate any relocation with TW Telecom (Fiber). All required adjustments will be completed by TW Telecom forces. Use caution when working around these lines and their features. CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

Comcast

Field locate the COMCAST lines, manholes, splice boxes, and markers that are within the project limits. Coordinate any relocation with COMCAST (Fiber). All required adjustments will be completed by COMCAST forces. Use caution when working around these lines and their features. CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

XCEL Energy (Gas)

Field locate any buried gas lines, gas vents or gas meters that are within the project limits. Coordinate the relocation of any utility features that are conflicting with the construction of this project with XCEL Energy. All relocations will be completed by XCEL Energy and their forces. All relocation will have to be done during the construction of this project. Use extreme caution when working around these lines. CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

Page 183: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

181

-6- UTILITIES

East Cherry Creek Valley Water & Sanitary (ECCV)

Field locate any buried water lines, water valve boxes, sanitary sewer lines and manholes that are within the project limits. All of the necessary relocations will be done by the Contractor. The Contractor shall adjust all water valve boxes and manholes owned by the East Cherry Creek Valley Water & Sanitary (ECCV). CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

Meridian Metropolitan District

Field locate any buried water lines, water valve boxes, sanitary sewer lines and manholes that are within the project limits. All of the necessary relocations will be done by the Contractor. The Contractor shall adjust all water valve boxes and manholes owned by the Meridian Metropolitan District. CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

PART 2 - UTILITY OWNERS SHALL PERFORM THE WORK LISTED BELOW: Although the CDOT Contractor shall provide Method of Handling Traffic (MHT) and traffic control for utility work expected to be coordinated with construction, traffic control for utility work outside of typical project work hours shall be the responsibility of the utility owner. The utility owner shall prepare and submit to the CDOT a Method of Handling Traffic Plan for utility work to be performed outside typical project work hours. The utility owner shall obtain acceptance of the Method of Handling Traffic Plan from the CDOT prior to beginning the utility work to be performed outside typical project work hours. Xcel Energy:

The CDOT Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of power source work to be performed by Xcel Energy. The CDOT Contractor shall submit an Application for electrical services for every Xcel Energy work element that is to be coordinated with the project. The request is to be processed through Xcel Energy–Builder’s Call Line at 1-800-628-2121 or [email protected]. The CDOT Contractor shall perform the required coordination to establish the power sources for street lighting, under deck lighting and traffic signals as shown on the plans. The CDOT Contractor shall perform all work necessary to maintain existing or establish a new power source to the devices called for in the plans and per the standard for any metered sources. All cost charges from the power service provider, and all necessary materials, labor and coordination required to maintain existing or establish new power sources required for permanent operation of equipment as shown in the plans shall be reimbursed from the Force Account Furnish and Install Electrical Service. Xcel Energy forces shall support their facilities during the construction of the storm sewer in the following locations: (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers) This work is expected to take 3 working days at each location.

Utility ID No.

ST 08-03, ST 08-06

Page 184: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

182

-7- UTILITIES

Roadway Lighting and Power Source Connections:

The CDOT Contractor shall submit the materials lists for the proposed City of Lone Tree roadway lighting for review and approval by City of Lone Tree forces prior to ordering materials. This review is expected to take 30 calendar days to complete. Xcel Energy forces shall reset or remove the existing City of Lone Tree roadway lighting as required for each construction phase. This work is anticipated to take 10 working days for each construction phase to complete. Xcel Energy forces will assure that the remaining existing roadway lighting is operational. The CDOT Contractor shall assure that there is adequate roadway lighting throughout the duration of the project. After the CDOT Contractor has completed the installation of the City of Lone Tree roadway lighting for each construction phase including conduit and wiring to the power sources as shown on the plans, Xcel forces shall connect the City of Lone Tree flat rated power source. This work is expected to be coordinated with construction and take 3 working days for each construction phase to complete. After the CDOT Contractor has completed the installation of the proposed City of Lone Tree traffic signals and luminaires including conduit and wiring to the power sources as shown on the plans, Xcel forces shall connect the metered City of Lone Tree power sources. This work is expected to be coordinated with construction and take 3 working days at each location to complete. After the proposed traffic signals are operational and the CDOT Contractor has removed all of the existing traffic signal equipment, Xcel forces shall disconnect the power and remove the existing traffic signal luminaires as shown on the plans. This work is expected to be coordinated with construction and take 3 working days at each location to complete. The CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 45 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

AT&T Transmission

AT&T forces shall support their facilities during the construction of the storm sewer in the following locations: (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers) This work is expected to take 3 working days at each location.

Utility ID No. ST 09-01, ST 09-02

CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

Page 185: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

183

-8- UTILITIES

Century Link (Qwest)

Century Link forces shall support their facilities during the construction of the storm sewer in the following locations: (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers) This work is expected to take 3 working days at each location.

Utility ID No. ST 08-01, ST 08-04, ST 09-02

Century Link forces shall adjust manholes to be within ¼” to ½” of the final grade. (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers) This work is expected to take 1 working day at each location. Utility ID No. FO 04-02, FO 04-03, FO 09-01, FO 11-01, FO 11-04 Century Link forces will relocate their facilities at ST 04-01 and at ST 08-04. These lines are in conflict with the proposed storm sewer system. The CDOT contractor will expose these lines for Century Link. The Century Link contractor will over excavate the lines in order to generate enough slack so the storm sewer facility can be installed. This work is expected to take 5 working days at each location.

CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

Level 3 Communications

Level 3 forces shall support their facilities during the construction of the storm sewer in the following locations: (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers) This work is expected to take 3 working days at each location.

Utility ID No. ST 08-05, ST 09-02, ST 14-02, ST 16-01

Level 3 forces shall adjust manholes to be within ¼” to ½” of the final grade. (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers) This work is expected to take 1 working day at each location. Utility ID No. FO 06-12, FO 11-03, FO 14-02, FO 16-02, FO 17-02

CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

Page 186: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

184

-9- UTILITIES

XO Communications

XO Communication forces shall support their facilities during the construction of the storm sewer in the following locations: (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers) This work is expected to take 3 working days at each location.

Utility ID No. ST 09-02

XO forces shall adjust manholes to be within ¼” to ½” of the final grade. (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers) This work is expected to take 1 working day at each location. Utility ID No. FO 06-10, FO 16-01

CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

Zayo (Formerly known as Adesta)

Zayo forces shall support their facilities during the construction of the storm sewer in the following locations: (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers) This work is expected to take 3 working days at each location.

Utility ID No. ST 08-02, ST 09-02, ST 14-02, ST 16-01

Zayo forces shall adjust manholes to be within ¼” to ½” of the final grade. (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers) This work is expected to take 1 working day at each location. Utility ID No. FO 06-13, FO 11-02, FO 16-03, FO17-01

CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

TW Telecom

TW Telecom forces shall support their facilities during the construction of the storm sewer in the following locations: (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers) This work is expected to take 3 working days.

Utility ID No. ST 08-02

CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

Page 187: PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS I-25: LINCOLN TO COUNTY LINE ... Lane... · Revision of Section 630 - Impact Attenuator (Temporary) (May 29, 2014) 159-160 Revision of Section 630 - Portable

Colorado Project STU 0252-399 May 29, 2014 Construction Project Code 16602

185

-10- UTILITIES

Comcast

Comcast forces shall support their facilities during the construction of the storm sewer in the following locations: (See utility plans for locations of utility ID numbers). This work is expected to take 3 working days at each location.

Utility ID No. ST 08-07

Comcast shall adjust the riser at utility ID number FO 12-07. This work is expected to take 3 working days. CDOT Contractor shall provide the utility owner written notice 30 days immediately prior to each utility work element expected to be coordinated with construction.

The Contractor shall comply with Article 1.5 of Title 9, CRS ("Excavation Requirements") when excavating or grading is planned in the area of underground utility facilities. The Contractor shall notify all affected utilities at least two (2) business days, not including the actual day of notice, prior to commencing such operations. The Contractor shall contact the Utility Notification Center of Colorado (UNCC) at 811, to have locations of UNCC registered lines marked by member companies. All other underground facilities shall be located by contacting the respective owner. Please note that UNCC marks only its member’s facilities – Other facilities, such as ditches and drainage pipes may exist, and it is the Contractor’s responsibility to investigate, locate and avoid such facilities. Utility service laterals shall also be located prior to beginning excavation or grading.